]> git.proxmox.com Git - systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Update upstream source from tag 'upstream/245.6'
[systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 245:
4
5 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
6 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
7 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
8 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
9 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
10 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
11 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
12 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
13 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
14 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
15 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
16 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
17 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
18 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
19 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
20 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
21 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
22 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
23 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
24 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
25 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
26
27 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
28 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
29 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
30 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
31 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
32 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
33 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
34 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
35 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
36 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
37 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
38 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
39 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
40 that for the first time resource management and various other
41 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
42 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
43 to apply on login. For further details see:
44
45 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
46 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
47 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
48
49 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
50 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
51 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
52 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
53 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
54 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
55 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
56 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
57 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
58
59 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
60
61 For further details about the format and expectations on home
62 directories this new daemon makes, see:
63
64 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
65
66 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
67 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
68 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
69 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
70 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
71 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
72 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
73 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
74 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
75 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
76 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
77 usage limitations and other settings.
78
79 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
80 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
81 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
82 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
83 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
84 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
85 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
86 resource usage.
87
88 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
89 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
90
91 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
92 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
93 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
94 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
95 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
96
97 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
98 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
99 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
100 itself and the default for all other processes.
101
102 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
103 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
104 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
105 database into account.
106
107 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
108 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
109 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
110 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
111
112 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
113 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
114 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
115 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
116 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
117 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
118 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
119 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
120 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
121 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
122
123 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
124 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
125 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
126 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
127 event source watching it is freed).
128
129 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
130 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
131 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
132 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
133
134 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
135 (IFB) network devices.
136
137 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
138 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
139
140 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
141 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
142 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
143 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
144 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
145 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
146
147 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
148 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
149 with its sense inverted.
150
151 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
152 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
153 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
154
155 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
156 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
157 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
158
159 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
160 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
161 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
162 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
163 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
164 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
165 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
166
167 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
168 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
169 debugging purposes.
170
171 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
172 group named differently than the user.
173
174 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
175
176 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
177 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
178 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
179
180 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
181 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
182 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
183 /etc/fstab.
184
185 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
186 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
187 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
188 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
189
190 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
191 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
192 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
193 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
194
195 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
196 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
197 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
198 Bernard.
199
200 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
201 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
202 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
203 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
204 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
205 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
206 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
207 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
208 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
209 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
210 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
211
212 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
213 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
214 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
215 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
216 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
217 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
218 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
219 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
220 command line option.
221
222 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
223 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
224
225 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
226 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
227 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
228 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
229 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
230 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
231 systemd-timedated.
232
233 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
234 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
235 GPT partition table types.
236
237 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
238 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
239 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
240
241 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
242
243 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
244 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
245 for the respective units.
246
247 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
248 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
249 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
250
251 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
252 "status" output.
253
254 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
255 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
256 disappear.
257
258 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
259 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
260 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
261 address is used.
262
263 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
264 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
265 dropped from the individual setting names.
266
267 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
268 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
269 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
270 such files in version 243.
271
272 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
273 the virtual terminal via a PolicyKit action. By default, only users
274 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
275
276 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
277 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
278 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
279
280 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
281 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
282 with stopping and disablement.
283
284 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
285 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
286 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
287 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
288 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
289 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
290 some internal systemd services (most notably
291 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
292 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
293 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
294 this systemd release. See
295 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
296 additional discussion.
297
298 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
299 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
300 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
301 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
302 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
303 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
304 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
305 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
306 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
307 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
308 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
309 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
310 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
311 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
312 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
313 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
314 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
315 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
316 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
317 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
318 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
319 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
320 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
321 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
322 DONG
323
324 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
325
326 CHANGES WITH 244:
327
328 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
329 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
330 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
331 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
332
333 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
334 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
335 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
336 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
337
338 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
339 units.
340
341 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
342 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
343 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
344 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
345 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
346 set the EFI variable.
347
348 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
349 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
350 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
351 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
352 and overrides the systemd setting.
353
354 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
355 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
356 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
357 effect.)
358
359 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
360 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
361 that affects all corresponding unit files.
362
363 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
364 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
365
366 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
367 the unit being shown.
368
369 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
370 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
371 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
372 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
373 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
374
375 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
376 whitelist memory protection syscalls for containers and services
377 which need to use them.
378
379 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
380 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
381 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
382 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
383 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
384 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
385 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
386 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
387 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
388 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
389
390 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
391 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
392 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
393 This replaces the externally maintained whitelists of all known
394 security tokens that were used previously.
395
396 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for whitelisted
397 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
398 improve power saving with many more devices.
399
400 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
401 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
402 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
403
404 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
405 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
406 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
407 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
408 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
409
410 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
411 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
412 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
413 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
414 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
415
416 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
417 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
418
419 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
420 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
421
422 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
423 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
424 now supported.
425
426 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
427 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
428
429 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
430 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
431 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
432
433 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
434 received from the server.
435
436 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
437 set.
438
439 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
440 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
441
442 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
443 using a new SendOption= setting.
444
445 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
446 service type" value used by the client.
447
448 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
449 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
450
451 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
452 a new SendOption= setting.
453
454 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
455 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
456
457 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
458 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
459
460 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
461 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
462 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
463
464 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
465 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
466 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
467 BSSID for wireless links.
468
469 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
470 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
471
472 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
473 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
474
475 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
476 disciplines in the kernel using the new
477 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
478 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
479 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
480 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
481
482 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
483
484 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
485 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
486 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
487 on its own).
488
489 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
490 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
491 of the present time.
492
493 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
494 reproducible image builds easier).
495
496 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
497 Specification.
498
499 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
500 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
501 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
502 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
503
504 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
505 is being used.
506
507 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
508
509 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
510 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
511 path as the system manager.
512
513 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
514 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
515 representation").
516
517 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
518 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
519 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
520 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
521 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
522 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
523 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
524 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
525
526 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
527 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
528 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
529 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
530 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
531 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
532 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
533 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
534 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
535 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
536 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
537 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
538 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
539 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
540 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
541 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
542 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
543 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
544 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
545 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
546 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
547 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
548 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
549
550 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
551
552 CHANGES WITH 243:
553
554 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
555 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
556 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
557 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
558 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
559 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
560 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
561 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
562
563 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
564 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
565 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
566 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
567 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
568 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
569 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
570 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
571 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
572 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
573 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
574 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
575 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
576 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
577 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
578 documentation.
579
580 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
581 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
582 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
583 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
584 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
585 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
586 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
587 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
588 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
589 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
590 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
591 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
592 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
593 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
594 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
595 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
596
597 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
598 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
599 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
600 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
601
602 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
603 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
604
605 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
606 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
607 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
608 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
609 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
610 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
611 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
612 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
613 caught up with the kernel API changes.
614
615 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
616 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
617 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
618 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
619 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
620 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
621 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
622 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
623 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
624 packagers.
625
626 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
627 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
628
629 build/man/man systemctl
630 build/man/html systemd.index
631
632 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
633 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
634
635 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
636 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
637 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
638 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
639 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
640 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
641
642 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
643 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
644 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
645 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
646 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
647 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
648 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
649 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
650 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
651 unambiguously distinguished.
652
653 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
654 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
655 very rarely used.
656
657 To replace this functionality, users should:
658 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
659 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
660 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
661 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
662 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
663
664 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
665 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
666 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
667 interfaces should really be matched.
668
669 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
670 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
671 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
672 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
673 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
674 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
675
676 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
677 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
678 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
679 stop the whole unit.
680
681 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
682 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
683 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
684 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
685 generated whenever a unit stops.
686
687 * Units may now configure an explicit time-out to wait for when killed
688 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
689 the regular TimeoutStopSec= time-out was applied in this case too —
690 now a separate time-out may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
691
692 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
693 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
694 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
695 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
696 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
697
698 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
699 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
700 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
701 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
702 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
703 programs set up externally.
704
705 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
706 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
707 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
708 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
709
710 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
711 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
712 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
713 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
714 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
715 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
716 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
717
718 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
719 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
720 debugging easier. After a longer time-out they are forcibly killed,
721 as before.
722
723 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
724 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
725 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
726 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
727 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
728 links on terminals that support that.
729
730 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
731 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
732 unmounted safely during shutdown.
733
734 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
735
736 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
737 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
738 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
739 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
740 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
741 The default remains unchanged.
742
743 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
744 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
745
746 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
747 udev property.
748
749 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
750 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
751 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
752
753 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
754 interfaces natively.
755
756 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
757 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
758 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
759 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
760
761 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
762 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
763 also learnt a new BlackList= option for blacklisting DHCP servers (a
764 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
765 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
766 RELEASE message when terminating.
767
768 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
769 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
770
771 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
772 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
773 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
774 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
775 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
776 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
777 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
778
779 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
780 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
781 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
782 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
783 added to the GENEVE support.
784
785 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
786 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
787 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
788 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
789 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
790
791 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
792 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
793 onto the network device.
794
795 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
796 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
797 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
798 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
799 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
800
801 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
802 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
803 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
804
805 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
806 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
807
808 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
809 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
810
811 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
812 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
813 statistics.
814
815 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
816 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
817 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
818
819 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
820 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
821
822 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
823 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
824 specific udev properties.
825
826 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
827 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
828 "lo" as underlying device.
829
830 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
831 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
832 IP addresses, too.
833
834 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
835 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
836 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
837 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
838
839 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
840 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
841 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
842 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
843
844 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
845 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
846 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
847
848 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
849 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
850 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
851
852 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
853
854 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
855 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
856 does the same for recurring calendar events.
857
858 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
859 durations as opposed to points in time).
860
861 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
862 expressions.
863
864 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
865 codes to their names and back.
866
867 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
868 file paths and unit aliases.
869
870 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
871 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
872 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
873 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
874
875 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
876 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
877 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
878 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
879 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
880 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
881 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
882 udev rules for that purpose.
883
884 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
885 a device to be initialized.
886
887 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
888 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
889 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
890
891 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
892 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
893 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
894 with gcc's cleanup extension.
895
896 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
897 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
898 with printf().
899
900 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
901 XML introspection data unmodified.
902
903 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
904 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
905 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
906 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
907
908 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
909 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
910 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
911 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
912 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
913 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
914 configured to handle the watchdog.
915
916 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
917 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
918 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
919
920 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
921 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
922 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
923
924 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
925 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
926 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
927 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
928 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
929
930 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
931 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
932 review.
933
934 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
935 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
936
937 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
938 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
939
940 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
941 failures to apply them are now ignored.
942
943 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
944 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
945 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
946 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
947
948 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
949 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
950 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
951 service.
952
953 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
954 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
955 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
956 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
957 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
958 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
959 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
960 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
961 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
962 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
963 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
964 a seed was received from the boot loader.
965
966 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
967
968 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
969 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
970 above.
971
972 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
973 installed.
974
975 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
976 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
977 bootloader entry).
978
979 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
980 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
981
982 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
983
984 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
985 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
986 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
987 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
988 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
989
990 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
991 option that permits selecting the timout how long to wait for a
992 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
993
994 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
995 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
996
997 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
998 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
999 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1000
1001 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1002 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1003 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1004 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1005 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1006 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1007 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1008 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1009 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1010 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1011 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1012 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1013 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1014 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1015 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1016 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1017 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1018 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1019 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1020 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1021 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1022 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1023 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1024 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1025 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1026 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1027 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1028 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1029 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1030 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1031
1032 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1033
1034 CHANGES WITH 242:
1035
1036 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1037 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1038 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1039 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1040 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1041 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1042 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1043
1044 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1045 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1046
1047 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1048 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1049 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1050 may be used to view this.
1051
1052 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1053 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1054 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1055 ```
1056 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1057 [Match]
1058 Type=bridge
1059
1060 [Link]
1061 MACAddressPolicy=none
1062 ```
1063
1064 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1065 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1066 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1067 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1068 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1069 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1070 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1071
1072 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1073 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1074
1075 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1076 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1077
1078 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1079 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1080
1081 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1082 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1083 is a USB peripheral).
1084
1085 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1086 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1087 measured.
1088
1089 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1090 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1091 have privileges to do so).
1092
1093 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1094 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1095 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1096
1097 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1098 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1099 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1100 namespace.
1101
1102 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1103 in which case environment variable substitution is
1104 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1105
1106 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1107 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1108 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1109 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1110 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1111
1112 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1113 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1114 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1115 installed CPU cores.
1116
1117 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1118 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1119 kernel 4.15.
1120
1121 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1122 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1123 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1124 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1125 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1126
1127 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1128 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1129 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1130
1131 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1132 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1133 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1134 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1135 enslaved devices is not operational.
1136
1137 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1138 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1139
1140 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1141 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1142 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1143 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1144 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1145 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1146
1147 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1148 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1149
1150 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1151
1152 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1153 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1154 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1155
1156 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1157 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1158
1159 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1160 configure CAN triple sampling.
1161
1162 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1163 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1164
1165 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1166 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1167 details.
1168
1169 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1170 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1171 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1172 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1173 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1174 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1175
1176 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1177
1178 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1179 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1180 controlling project quota inheritance.
1181
1182 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1183 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1184 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1185 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1186 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1187 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1188 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1189 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1190 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1191 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1192 partition.
1193
1194 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1195 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1196 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1197 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1198 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1199
1200 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1201 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1202
1203 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1204 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1205 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1206 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1207 be used in production yet.
1208
1209 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1210 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1211 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1212 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1213 input, output, and error are set up.
1214
1215 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1216
1217 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1218 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1219 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1220
1221 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1222 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1223 the specified expression will elapse next.
1224
1225 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1226 introspection data.
1227
1228 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1229 the reboot() system call expects.
1230
1231 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1232 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1233 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1234
1235 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1236 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1237 ConditionVirtualization=).
1238
1239 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1240 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1241 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1242 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1243 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1244 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1245 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1246 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1247 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1248 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1249 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1250 during reboot with their own operations.
1251
1252 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1253 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1254 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1255 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1256
1257 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1258 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1259 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1260 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1261 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1262
1263 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1264 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1265
1266 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1267 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1268 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1269 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1270 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1271 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1272 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1273 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1274 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1275
1276 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1277 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1278 prohibited.
1279
1280 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1281 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1282 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1283 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1284 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1285 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1286 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1287 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1288
1289 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1290 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1291 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1292 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1293 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1294 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1295 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1296 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1297 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1298 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1299 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1300 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1301 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1302 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1303 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1304 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1305 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
1306 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1307
1308 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
1309
1310 CHANGES WITH 241:
1311
1312 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
1313 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
1314 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
1315
1316 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
1317 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
1318 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
1319 include the package release information.
1320
1321 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
1322 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
1323 option.
1324
1325 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
1326 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
1327 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
1328
1329 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
1330 again.
1331
1332 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
1333 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
1334 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
1335 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
1336 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
1337 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
1338 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
1339 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
1340 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
1341 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
1342 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
1343 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
1344 installed .link files to *not* include it.
1345
1346 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
1347 "persistent", now works again as documented.
1348
1349 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
1350 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
1351
1352 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
1353 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
1354 used for side-channel attacks.
1355
1356 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
1357 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
1358 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
1359
1360 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
1361 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
1362 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
1363 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
1364 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
1365 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
1366
1367 fs.protected_regular = 0
1368 fs.protected_fifos = 0
1369
1370 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
1371 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
1372
1373 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
1374 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
1375 POSIX shells.
1376
1377 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
1378 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
1379
1380 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
1381 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
1382 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
1383 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
1384 points but otherwise empty.
1385
1386 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
1387 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
1388 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
1389
1390 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
1391 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
1392
1393 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
1394 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
1395
1396 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
1397 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
1398 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
1399 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
1400 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
1401 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
1402 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
1403 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
1404 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
1405 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1406 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1407 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
1408 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
1409 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
1410 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
1411 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1412 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
1413
1414 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
1415
1416 CHANGES WITH 240:
1417
1418 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
1419 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
1420 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
1421 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
1422 an SELinux policy update is required.
1423 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
1424
1425 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
1426 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
1427 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
1428 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
1429 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
1430 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
1431 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
1432 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
1433 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
1434 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
1435
1436 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
1437 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
1438 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
1439 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
1440 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
1441 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
1442 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
1443 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
1444 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
1445 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
1446 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
1447 the search path.
1448
1449 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
1450 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
1451 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
1452 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
1453 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
1454 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
1455 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
1456 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
1457 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
1458 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
1459 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
1460 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
1461 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
1462 start job.
1463
1464 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
1465 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
1466 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
1467 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
1468 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
1469 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
1470 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
1471 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
1472 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
1473 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
1474
1475 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
1476 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
1477 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
1478 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
1479 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
1480 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
1481 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
1482 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
1483 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
1484 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
1485 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
1486 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
1487 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
1488 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
1489 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
1490 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
1491 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
1492 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
1493 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
1494 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
1495 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
1496 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
1497 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
1498 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
1499 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
1500 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
1501 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
1502 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
1503 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
1504 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
1505 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
1506 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
1507 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
1508 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
1509 Java.)
1510
1511 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
1512 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
1513 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
1514 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
1515 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
1516 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
1517 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
1518 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
1519 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
1520 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
1521
1522 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
1523 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
1524 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
1525 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
1526 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
1527 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
1528
1529 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
1530 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
1531 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
1532 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
1533 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
1534
1535 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
1536 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
1537
1538 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
1539 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
1540 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
1541
1542 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
1543 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
1544
1545 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
1546 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
1547 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
1548
1549 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
1550 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
1551 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
1552 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
1553 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
1554 latency.
1555
1556 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
1557 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
1558
1559 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
1560 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
1561 instance part of a unit name.
1562
1563 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
1564 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
1565 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
1566 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
1567 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
1568 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
1569 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
1570 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
1571 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
1572
1573 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
1574 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
1575 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
1576 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
1577
1578 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
1579 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
1580 to a file, and appending to it.
1581
1582 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
1583 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
1584 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
1585 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
1586 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
1587 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
1588
1589 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
1590 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
1591 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
1592 having to touch C code.
1593
1594 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
1595 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
1596
1597 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
1598 DNS-over-TLS.
1599
1600 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
1601 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
1602 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
1603
1604 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
1605 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
1606 until the system finished start-up.
1607
1608 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
1609
1610 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
1611 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
1612 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
1613 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
1614 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
1615 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
1616 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
1617
1618 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
1619 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
1620 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
1621 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
1622 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
1623 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
1624 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
1625 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
1626 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
1627 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
1628 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
1629 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
1630
1631 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
1632 instantiate services.
1633
1634 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
1635 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
1636
1637 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
1638 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
1639 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
1640
1641 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
1642 it is neither used nor maintained.
1643
1644 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1645 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
1646 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
1647 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
1648 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
1649 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
1650 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
1651 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
1652 separated by colons.
1653
1654 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
1655 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
1656
1657 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
1658 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
1659
1660 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
1661 "ethtool advertise" commands.
1662
1663 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
1664 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
1665 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
1666 directly.
1667
1668 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
1669 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
1670 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
1671 ID.
1672
1673 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
1674 and generate various 128bit IDs.
1675
1676 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
1677 and LOGO=.
1678
1679 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
1680 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
1681 from any hibernated image.
1682
1683 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
1684 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
1685 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
1686 kernel exports them.
1687
1688 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
1689 /usr/bin/.
1690
1691 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
1692 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
1693 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
1694 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
1695 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
1696 now documented here:
1697
1698 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
1699
1700 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
1701 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
1702 installs during early boot.
1703
1704 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
1705 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
1706
1707 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
1708 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
1709
1710 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
1711 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
1712 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
1713
1714 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
1715 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
1716 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
1717 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
1718 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
1719 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
1720 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
1721 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
1722 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
1723 is on AC power.
1724
1725 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
1726 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
1727 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
1728 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
1729 see:
1730
1731 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
1732
1733 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
1734 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
1735 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
1736 and container environments.
1737
1738 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
1739 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
1740 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
1741 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
1742
1743 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
1744 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
1745 journald per-service.
1746
1747 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
1748 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
1749
1750 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
1751 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
1752 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
1753 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
1754
1755 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
1756 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
1757 groups.
1758
1759 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
1760 --ephemeral command line switch.
1761
1762 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
1763 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
1764 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
1765 object itself.
1766
1767 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
1768 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
1769 not unloaded).
1770
1771 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
1772 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
1773 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
1774
1775 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
1776 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
1777 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
1778 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
1779 "dead" state on success.
1780
1781 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
1782 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
1783 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
1784 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
1785 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
1786 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
1787 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
1788 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
1789 well-defined system service context.
1790
1791 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
1792 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
1793 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
1794 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
1795
1796 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
1797 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
1798 continue to be used.
1799
1800 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
1801 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
1802 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
1803 for example:
1804
1805 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
1806
1807 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
1808 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
1809 the command line's exit code.
1810
1811 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
1812
1813 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
1814
1815 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
1816 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
1817 support to systemctl and all other commands.
1818
1819 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
1820 name as argument.
1821
1822 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
1823 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
1824 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
1825 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
1826 is improved.
1827
1828 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
1829 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
1830 initialize one to all 0xFF.
1831
1832 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
1833 all files and directories listed in
1834 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
1835 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
1836 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
1837 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
1838 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
1839 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
1840 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
1841 the transition to the host OS.
1842
1843 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
1844 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
1845 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
1846 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
1847 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
1848 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
1849 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
1850 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
1851 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
1852 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
1853 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
1854 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
1855 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
1856 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
1857 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
1858 these are opened they don't work.
1859
1860 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
1861 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
1862 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
1863 logic works again.
1864
1865 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
1866 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
1867 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
1868 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
1869 ignore it.
1870
1871 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
1872 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
1873 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
1874 commands.
1875
1876 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
1877 pam_systemd anymore.
1878
1879 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
1880 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
1881 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
1882 policy took effect.
1883
1884 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
1885 python-3.5.
1886
1887 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
1888 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
1889 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
1890 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
1891 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
1892 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
1893 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
1894 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
1895 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
1896 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
1897 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
1898 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
1899 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
1900 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
1901 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
1902 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
1903 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1904 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
1905 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
1906 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
1907 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
1908 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
1909 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
1910 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
1911 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
1912 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
1913 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1914 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
1915 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
1916 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
1917 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
1918 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
1919 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
1920 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
1921 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
1922 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
1923 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
1924 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
1925 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
1926 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
1927 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
1928 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
1929 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
1930 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
1931 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
1932
1933 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
1934
1935 CHANGES WITH 239:
1936
1937 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
1938 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
1939 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
1940 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
1941 a slot number associated.
1942
1943 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
1944 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
1945 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
1946 independent.
1947
1948 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
1949 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
1950 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
1951
1952 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
1953 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
1954 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
1955 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
1956
1957 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
1958 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
1959 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
1960 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
1961 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
1962 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
1963 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
1964 e.g. NIS.
1965
1966 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
1967 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
1968 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
1969 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
1970 may be necessary to update the file.
1971
1972 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
1973 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
1974 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
1975 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
1976 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
1977 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
1978 documentation.
1979
1980 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
1981 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
1982 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
1983 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
1984 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
1985 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
1986 them.
1987
1988 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
1989 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
1990 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
1991 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
1992 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
1993
1994 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
1995 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
1996 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
1997 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
1998 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
1999 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2000 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
2001 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2002
2003 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2004 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2005 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2006 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2007 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2008
2009 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2010 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2011 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2012 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2013 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2014
2015 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2016 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2017 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2018
2019 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2020 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2021 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2022 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2023 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2024 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2025 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2026 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2027 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2028 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
2029 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2030 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2031 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2032 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2033 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2034 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2035 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2036 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2037 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2038 from.
2039
2040 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2041 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2042 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2043 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2044
2045 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2046 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2047 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2048 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2049
2050 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2051 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2052 hibernates again.
2053
2054 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2055 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2056
2057 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2058 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2059 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2060
2061 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2062 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2063 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2064 was not configurable and set to 512.
2065
2066 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2067 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2068 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2069 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2070 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2071 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2072 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2073 in particular su and sudo.
2074
2075 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2076 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2077 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2078 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2079 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2080 services.
2081
2082 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2083 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2084 files should work for hibernation now.
2085
2086 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2087 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2088 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2089 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2090 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2091 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2092 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2093 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2094 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2095 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2096 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2097 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2098 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2099 name following the last dash.
2100
2101 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2102 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2103 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2104 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2105 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2106
2107 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2108 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2109 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2110 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2111 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2112 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2113
2114 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2115 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2116 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2117 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2118
2119 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2120 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2121 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2122 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2123 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2124
2125 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2126 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2127 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2128 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2129 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2130 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2131 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2132 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2133 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2134 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2135 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2136 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2137 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2138
2139 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2140 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2141 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2142 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2143 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2144 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2145 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2146 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2147 settings.
2148
2149 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2150 expiration feature, if it is available.
2151
2152 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2153 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2154 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2155
2156 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2157 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2158
2159 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2160
2161 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2162 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2163
2164 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2165 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2166 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2167 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2168 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2169 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2170 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2171 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2172 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2173 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2174 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2175
2176 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2177 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2178 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2179 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2180
2181 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2182 about its state.
2183
2184 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2185 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2186 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2187 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2188
2189 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2190 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2191 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2192 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2193 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2194 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2195 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2196 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2197 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2198 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2199 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2200
2201 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2202 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2203
2204 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2205 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2206 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2207 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2208 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2209 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2210
2211 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2212 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2213 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2214 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2215 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2216 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2217 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2218
2219 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2220 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2221 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2222 shown.)
2223
2224 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2225 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2226 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2227 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2228 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2229 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2230 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2231 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2232 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2233
2234 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2235 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2236 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2237
2238 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2239 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2240 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2241 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2242 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2243 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2244 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2245 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2246
2247 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2248
2249 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2250 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2251 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2252
2253 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2254 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2255
2256 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2257 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2258 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2259
2260 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2261
2262 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2263
2264 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2265 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2266
2267 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2268 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2269 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2270 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2271 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2272 external user databases.
2273
2274 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2275 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2276 refused due to the enforced limits.
2277
2278 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2279 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2280 manages.
2281
2282 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2283 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2284 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2285 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2286 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2287 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2288 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2289 where this is now used by default.
2290
2291 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2292 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2293
2294 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2295 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2296 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2297 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2298 update process in a generic way.
2299
2300 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2301
2302 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2303 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2304 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2305 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
2306 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
2307 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
2308 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
2309 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
2310 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
2311 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
2312 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
2313 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
2314 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
2315 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
2316 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
2317 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
2318 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
2319 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
2320 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
2321 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
2322 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
2323 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
2324 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
2325 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
2326 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
2327 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
2328 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
2329 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
2330 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2331
2332 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
2333
2334 CHANGES WITH 238:
2335
2336 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
2337 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
2338 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
2339 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
2340 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
2341 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
2342 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
2343 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
2344 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
2345 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
2346 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
2347 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
2348 to revert this change.
2349
2350 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
2351 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
2352 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
2353 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
2354 once at the end of the transaction.
2355
2356 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
2357 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
2358 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
2359 scripts.
2360
2361 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
2362 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
2363 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
2364 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
2365 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
2366 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
2367 still allowing local admin overrides.
2368
2369 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
2370 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
2371 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
2372
2373 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
2374 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
2375 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
2376 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
2377 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
2378
2379 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
2380 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
2381 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
2382 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
2383 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
2384 from package installation scripts.
2385
2386 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
2387 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
2388 without the user number ("u username -:456").
2389
2390 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
2391 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
2392
2393 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
2394 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
2395 /sbin/nologin for other users).
2396
2397 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
2398 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
2399 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
2400 --systemd, --user, or --global).
2401
2402 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
2403 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
2404 which are triggered meanwhile).
2405
2406 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
2407 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
2408 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
2409 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
2410 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
2411
2412 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
2413 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
2414 rotated very quickly.
2415
2416 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
2417 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
2418 pending bus messages.
2419
2420 * systemd gained a new
2421 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
2422 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
2423 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
2424 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
2425 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
2426 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
2427 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
2428 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
2429 session scope.
2430
2431 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
2432 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
2433 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
2434 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
2435 the tree to be accessed.
2436
2437 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
2438 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
2439 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
2440
2441 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
2442 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
2443 to keys in the main keyring.
2444
2445 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
2446
2447 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
2448 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
2449
2450 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
2451
2452 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
2453 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
2454 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
2455 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
2456 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
2457 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
2458 explicitly.
2459
2460 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
2461 the colour of "OK" status messages.
2462
2463 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
2464 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
2465 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
2466 be restarted.
2467
2468 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
2469 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
2470
2471 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
2472 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
2473 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
2474 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
2475 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
2476 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
2477 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
2478 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2479 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
2480 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
2481 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
2482 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
2483 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2484 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2485 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
2486 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
2487
2488 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
2489
2490 CHANGES WITH 237:
2491
2492 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
2493 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
2494 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
2495 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
2496
2497 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
2498 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
2499 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
2500 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
2501 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
2502 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
2503 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
2504 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
2505 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
2506 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
2507
2508 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
2509 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
2510 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
2511 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
2512 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
2513 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
2514 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
2515 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
2516 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
2517 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
2518
2519 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
2520 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
2521 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
2522 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
2523 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
2524 now provides explicit control.
2525
2526 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
2527 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
2528 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
2529 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
2530 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
2531 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
2532 unit types that already supported transient operation.
2533
2534 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
2535 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
2536 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
2537
2538 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
2539 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
2540
2541 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
2542 .network files all gained support for a new condition
2543 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
2544 versions.
2545
2546 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
2547 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
2548 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
2549 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
2550 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
2551 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
2552 understands RapidCommit=.
2553
2554 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
2555 Delegation.
2556
2557 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
2558 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
2559 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
2560 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
2561 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
2562 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
2563 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
2564 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
2565 --watch-bind= command line switch.
2566
2567 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
2568 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
2569 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
2570 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
2571 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
2572 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
2573 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
2574 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
2575 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
2576 "Disconnected" signals).
2577
2578 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
2579 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
2580 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
2581 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
2582 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
2583 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
2584 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
2585 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
2586 round-trips are removed.
2587
2588 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
2589 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
2590 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
2591 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
2592
2593 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
2594 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
2595 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
2596 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
2597 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
2598 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
2599
2600 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
2601 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
2602 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
2603 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
2604 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
2605 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
2606 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
2607 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
2608 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
2609 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
2610
2611 * sd-event gained a new call pair
2612 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
2613 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
2614 when the event source is destroyed.
2615
2616 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
2617 connections.
2618
2619 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
2620 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
2621 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
2622 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
2623 new transitional flag file has been added: if
2624 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
2625 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
2626
2627 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
2628 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
2629 manager.
2630
2631 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
2632 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
2633 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
2634 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
2635 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
2636
2637 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
2638 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
2639 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
2640 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
2641 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
2642 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
2643
2644 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
2645 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
2646 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
2647 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
2648 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
2649 level/target is given as an argument.
2650
2651 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
2652 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
2653 where UID and GID do not match.
2654
2655 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
2656 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
2657 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
2658 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
2659 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
2660 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
2661 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
2662 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
2663 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
2664 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
2665 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
2666 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
2667 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
2668 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
2669 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
2670 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
2671 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
2672 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
2673 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
2674 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
2675 Палаузов
2676
2677 — Brno, 2018-01-28
2678
2679 CHANGES WITH 236:
2680
2681 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
2682 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
2683 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
2684 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
2685
2686 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
2687 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
2688 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
2689 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
2690 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
2691 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
2692 valid specifiers today.)
2693
2694 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
2695 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
2696 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
2697 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
2698 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
2699 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
2700
2701 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
2702 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
2703 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
2704 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
2705
2706 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
2707 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
2708 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
2709 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
2710 services are resolved properly.
2711
2712 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
2713 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
2714 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
2715 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
2716 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
2717 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
2718 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
2719 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
2720 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
2721 and btrfs.
2722
2723 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
2724 DNS server and domain information.
2725
2726 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
2727 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
2728 runtime.
2729
2730 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
2731 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
2732 empty for the first time.
2733
2734 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
2735 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
2736 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
2737 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
2738 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
2739 running in the user session.
2740
2741 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
2742 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
2743 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
2744 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
2745 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
2746 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
2747 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
2748 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
2749 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
2750 user instance).
2751
2752 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
2753 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
2754
2755 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
2756 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
2757 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
2758 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
2759
2760 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
2761 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
2762
2763 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
2764 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
2765 sleep verbs.
2766
2767 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
2768
2769 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
2770 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
2771
2772 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
2773
2774 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
2775 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
2776 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
2777
2778 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
2779 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
2780 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
2781 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
2782 instance.
2783
2784 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
2785 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
2786 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
2787
2788 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
2789 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
2790 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
2791
2792 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
2793
2794 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
2795 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
2796 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
2797 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
2798 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
2799 processes.
2800
2801 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
2802 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
2803 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
2804 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
2805
2806 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
2807 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
2808 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
2809
2810 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
2811 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
2812 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
2813 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
2814 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
2815
2816 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
2817 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
2818
2819 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
2820 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
2821 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
2822 time the specified expression would elapse.
2823
2824 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
2825 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
2826 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
2827 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
2828 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
2829 types, not just services.
2830
2831 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
2832 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
2833 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
2834 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
2835
2836 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
2837 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
2838 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
2839 interface for this purpose.
2840
2841 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
2842 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
2843 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
2844 anyway.
2845
2846 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
2847 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
2848 requirements of systemd.
2849
2850 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
2851 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
2852 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
2853
2854 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
2855 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
2856 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
2857 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
2858
2859 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
2860 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
2861 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
2862 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
2863
2864 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
2865 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
2866
2867 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
2868 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
2869 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
2870 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
2871 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
2872 managing software supports (such as pppd).
2873
2874 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
2875 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
2876 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
2877
2878 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
2879 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
2880 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
2881 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
2882 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
2883 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
2884 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
2885 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
2886 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
2887 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
2888 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
2889 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
2890 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
2891 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
2892 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
2893 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
2894 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
2895 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2896 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
2897 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
2898 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
2899 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2900 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2901
2902 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
2903
2904 CHANGES WITH 235:
2905
2906 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
2907 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
2908 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
2909 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
2910 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
2911 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
2912 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
2913 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
2914 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
2915 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
2916 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
2917 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
2918 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
2919 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
2920 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
2921 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
2922 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
2923 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
2924 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
2925 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
2926 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
2927 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
2928 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
2929 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
2930 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
2931 IPAddressDeny= see below.
2932
2933 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
2934 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
2935 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
2936 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
2937 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
2938 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
2939 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
2940 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
2941
2942 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
2943 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
2944 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
2945 used to change those values.
2946
2947 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
2948 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
2949 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
2950 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
2951 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
2952 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
2953
2954 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
2955 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
2956 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
2957 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
2958
2959 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
2960 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
2961 one top-level directory.
2962
2963 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2964 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
2965 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
2966 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
2967 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
2968 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
2969 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
2970 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
2971 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
2972 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
2973 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
2974 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
2975 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
2976 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
2977 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
2978
2979 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
2980 Meson-only.
2981
2982 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
2983 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
2984 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
2985 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
2986 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
2987 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
2988 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
2989 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
2990 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
2991 acceptable to us.
2992
2993 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
2994 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
2995 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
2996 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
2997 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
2998 requested at build time.
2999
3000 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3001 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3002 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3003 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3004 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3005 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3006 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3007 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3008 Type= setting which permits configuring
3009 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3010
3011 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3012 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3013 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3014 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3015 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3016 local frames between bridge ports.
3017
3018 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3019 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3020 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3021
3022 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3023 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3024
3025 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3026 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3027 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3028 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
3029
3030 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3031 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3032 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3033 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3034 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3035 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3036 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3037 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3038
3039 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3040 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3041 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3042 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3043 command.)
3044
3045 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3046 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3047 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3048
3049 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3050 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3051 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3052 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3053
3054 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3055 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3056 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3057 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3058 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3059 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3060 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3061 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3062 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3063 on systems where this is not supported.
3064
3065 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3066 sockets.
3067
3068 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3069 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3070 during runtime.
3071
3072 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3073 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3074 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3075
3076 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3077 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3078 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3079
3080 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3081 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3082 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3083 Following this logic, two new special targets
3084 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3085 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3086 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3087
3088 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3089 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3090 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3091 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3092
3093 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3094 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3095 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3096 --wait".
3097
3098 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3099 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3100 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3101 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3102 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3103 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3104 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3105 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3106 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3107
3108 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3109 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3110 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3111 invocation.
3112
3113 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3114 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3115 processes.
3116
3117 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3118 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3119 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3120 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3121 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3122 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3123 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3124 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3125 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3126 systems for all five operations.
3127
3128 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3129 the system.
3130
3131 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3132 than UTC or the local timezone.
3133
3134 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3135 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3136 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3137 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3138 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3139 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3140 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3141 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3142
3143 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3144 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3145 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3146 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3147 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3148 again.
3149
3150 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3151 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3152 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3153
3154 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3155 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3156 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3157 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3158 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3159 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3160 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3161 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3162 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3163 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3164 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3165 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3166 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3167 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3168 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3169 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3170 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3171 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3172 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3173 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3174
3175 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3176
3177 CHANGES WITH 234:
3178
3179 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3180 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3181 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3182 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3183 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3184 summary:
3185
3186 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3187
3188 becomes:
3189
3190 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3191
3192 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3193 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3194 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3195 .device units.
3196
3197 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3198 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3199 running a systemd user instance.
3200
3201 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3202 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3203 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3204 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3205 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3206 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3207
3208 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3209
3210 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3211 (domain search list).
3212
3213 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3214 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3215 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3216 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3217 implementation of RA.
3218
3219 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3220 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3221 ISO date values.
3222
3223 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3224 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3225 devices.
3226
3227 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3228 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3229 option.
3230
3231 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3232 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3233 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3234 default yet.
3235
3236 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3237 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3238 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3239 SHA256SUMS files.
3240
3241 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3242 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3243
3244 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3245
3246 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3247
3248 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3249 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3250
3251 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3252 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3253 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3254 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3255
3256 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3257 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3258 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3259 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3260 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3261 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3262 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3263 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3264 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3265 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3266
3267 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3268 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3269 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3270 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3271 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3272 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3273 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3274 after all the plugins exit.
3275
3276 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3277 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3278 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3279 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3280 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3281 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3282 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3283 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3284 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3285 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3286 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3287 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3288 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3289 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3290 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3291 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3292 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3293 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3294 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3295 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3296 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3297 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3298 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3299 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3300 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3301 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3302 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3303 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3304 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3305 Георгиевски
3306
3307 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
3308
3309 CHANGES WITH 233:
3310
3311 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
3312 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
3313 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
3314 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
3315 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
3316 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
3317 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
3318 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
3319 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
3320
3321 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
3322 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
3323 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
3324 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
3325 default selected on the configure command line
3326 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
3327 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
3328 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
3329 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
3330 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
3331 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
3332 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
3333 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
3334 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
3335 greatest stability and compatibility only.
3336
3337 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
3338 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
3339 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
3340 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
3341 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
3342 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
3343 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
3344 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
3345 further details about this.)
3346
3347 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
3348 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
3349 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
3350
3351 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
3352 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
3353
3354 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
3355 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
3356 with 'make install-tests'.
3357
3358 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
3359 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
3360 kernel.
3361
3362 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
3363 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
3364 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
3365 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
3366 by the Slice= option.
3367
3368 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
3369 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
3370 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
3371 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
3372
3373 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
3374 following choices:
3375
3376 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
3377 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
3378 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
3379 (h)elp
3380 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
3381 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
3382 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
3383 (y)es, execute the command
3384
3385 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
3386 because its meaning was confusing.
3387
3388 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
3389 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
3390
3391 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
3392 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
3393 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
3394
3395 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
3396 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
3397 state directly, without executing these commands.
3398
3399 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
3400 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
3401 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
3402
3403 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
3404 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
3405 combination with After=) have been started.
3406
3407 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
3408 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
3409 setting, and which system calls they contain.
3410
3411 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
3412 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
3413 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
3414 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
3415 configuration related calls.
3416
3417 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
3418 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
3419 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
3420 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
3421 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
3422 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
3423 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
3424
3425 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
3426 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
3427
3428 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
3429 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
3430 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
3431
3432 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
3433 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
3434
3435 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
3436 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
3437 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
3438 for compatibility.
3439
3440 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
3441 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
3442
3443 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
3444 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
3445
3446 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
3447 support for negative matching.
3448
3449 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
3450
3451 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
3452 permitted runtime of the mount command.
3453
3454 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
3455 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
3456 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
3457 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
3458 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
3459 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
3460 removed from the drive.
3461
3462 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
3463 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
3464
3465 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
3466 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
3467
3468 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
3469 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
3470 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
3471
3472 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
3473 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
3474 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
3475 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
3476 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
3477 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
3478 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
3479
3480 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
3481 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
3482 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
3483 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
3484 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
3485 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
3486
3487 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
3488 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
3489
3490 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
3491 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
3492 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
3493 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
3494 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
3495 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
3496 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
3497 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
3498
3499 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
3500 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
3501 including all control processes.
3502
3503 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
3504 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
3505 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
3506
3507 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3508 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
3509 prefixing the source path with "+".
3510
3511 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3512 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
3513 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
3514 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
3515 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
3516 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
3517 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
3518 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
3519
3520 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
3521 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
3522 before).
3523
3524 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
3525 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
3526 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
3527 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
3528 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
3529 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
3530 the new --root-hash= command line option).
3531
3532 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
3533 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
3534 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
3535 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
3536 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
3537 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
3538 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3539 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
3540 versions.
3541
3542 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
3543 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
3544 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
3545 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
3546 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
3547 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
3548 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
3549 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
3550 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
3551 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
3552 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
3553 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
3554 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
3555 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
3556 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
3557 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
3558 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
3559 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
3560 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
3561 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
3562 a Verity-enabled root partition.
3563
3564 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
3565 accelerometer quirks.
3566
3567 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
3568 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
3569 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
3570 ID of each service.
3571
3572 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
3573 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
3574 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
3575 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
3576 view.
3577
3578 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
3579 environment variables:
3580
3581 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
3582
3583 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
3584 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
3585 address.
3586
3587 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
3588 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
3589 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
3590
3591 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
3592 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
3593 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
3594 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
3595 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
3596 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
3597 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
3598 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
3599 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
3600 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
3601 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
3602 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
3603 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
3604
3605 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
3606 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
3607 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
3608
3609 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
3610 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
3611
3612 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
3613 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
3614 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
3615 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
3616 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
3617
3618 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
3619 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
3620 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
3621
3622 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
3623 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
3624
3625 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
3626 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
3627 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
3628 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
3629
3630 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
3631 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
3632 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
3633 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
3634 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
3635 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
3636 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
3637 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
3638 possibly even including full integrity data.
3639
3640 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
3641 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
3642 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
3643 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
3644 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
3645
3646 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
3647 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
3648 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
3649 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
3650 directly with systemd-nspawn.
3651
3652 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
3653 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
3654 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
3655 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
3656
3657 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
3658 of coredumps in reverse order.
3659
3660 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
3661 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
3662 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
3663 additional informational message in its output.
3664
3665 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
3666 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
3667 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
3668
3669 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
3670 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
3671 scripting languages such as Python.
3672
3673 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
3674 namespacing is enabled for them.
3675
3676 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
3677 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
3678 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
3679 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
3680 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
3681 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
3682
3683 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
3684 root key (KSK).
3685
3686 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
3687 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
3688 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
3689
3690 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
3691 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
3692 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
3693 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
3694 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
3695 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
3696 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
3697 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
3698 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
3699 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
3700 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
3701 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
3702 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
3703 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
3704 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
3705 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
3706 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
3707 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
3708 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
3709 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
3710 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
3711 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
3712 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
3713 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
3714 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
3715 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
3716 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
3717 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
3718 Тихонов
3719
3720 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
3721
3722 CHANGES WITH 232:
3723
3724 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
3725 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
3726 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
3727 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
3728 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
3729 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
3730
3731 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
3732 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
3733
3734 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
3735 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
3736 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
3737
3738 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
3739 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
3740 to be remounted read-only for a service.
3741
3742 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
3743 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
3744 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
3745 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
3746
3747 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
3748 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
3749
3750 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
3751 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
3752 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
3753
3754 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
3755 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
3756 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
3757 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
3758 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
3759 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
3760 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
3761 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
3762 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
3763 permanent modifications to the system.
3764
3765 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
3766 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
3767 container or chroot environments.
3768
3769 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
3770 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
3771 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
3772 mapped to nobody.
3773
3774 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
3775 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
3776 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
3777 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
3778
3779 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
3780 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
3781
3782 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
3783 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
3784 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
3785 and the support is provisional.
3786
3787 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
3788 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
3789 unit files in the file system).
3790
3791 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
3792 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
3793 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
3794 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
3795 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
3796 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
3797 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
3798 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
3799 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
3800 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
3801 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
3802 state is fixed automatically.
3803
3804 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
3805 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
3806 option.
3807
3808 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
3809 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
3810 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
3811 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
3812 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
3813 else.
3814
3815 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
3816 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
3817 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
3818 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
3819 bootable on physical systems.
3820
3821 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
3822
3823 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
3824 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
3825 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
3826 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
3827 used.
3828
3829 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
3830 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
3831 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
3832 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
3833
3834 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
3835
3836 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
3837 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
3838 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
3839 of the container).
3840
3841 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
3842 files from the specified location.
3843
3844 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
3845 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
3846 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
3847 be active.
3848
3849 * The hardware database has been extended to support
3850 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
3851 trackball devices.
3852
3853 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
3854 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
3855 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
3856
3857 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
3858 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
3859 specified service binary exited.)
3860
3861 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
3862 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
3863
3864 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
3865 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
3866 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
3867 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
3868 --since= and --until= options.
3869
3870 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
3871 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
3872 are automatically propagated to the container.
3873
3874 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
3875 from a single IP address can be limited with
3876 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
3877 MaxConnections=.
3878
3879 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
3880 configuration.
3881
3882 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
3883 drop-ins.
3884
3885 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
3886 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
3887 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
3888 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
3889 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
3890 [Link] section of .link files.
3891
3892 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
3893 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
3894 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
3895 section of .netdev files.
3896
3897 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
3898 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
3899 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
3900
3901 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
3902 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
3903 .network files.
3904
3905 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
3906 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
3907 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
3908 service runtime cycle.
3909
3910 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
3911 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
3912 has been traditionally doing.
3913
3914 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
3915 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
3916 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
3917 prevent any later plugins from running.
3918
3919 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
3920 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
3921 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
3922 default of SplitMode=uid.
3923
3924 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
3925 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
3926 useful.
3927
3928 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
3929 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
3930 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
3931 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
3932 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
3933 individual namespaces.
3934
3935 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
3936 the output, as well as OS release information.
3937
3938 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
3939
3940 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
3941 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
3942 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
3943 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
3944 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
3945
3946 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
3947 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
3948 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
3949 severed.
3950
3951 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
3952 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
3953 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
3954 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
3955 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
3956 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
3957 information about exit statuses and results.
3958
3959 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
3960 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
3961 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
3962 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
3963 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
3964 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
3965
3966 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
3967
3968 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
3969 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
3970 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
3971 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
3972 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
3973 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
3974 entirely.
3975
3976 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
3977 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
3978 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
3979
3980 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
3981 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
3982 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
3983 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
3984 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
3985 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
3986 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
3987 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
3988 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
3989 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
3990 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
3991 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
3992 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
3993 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
3994 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
3995 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
3996 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
3997
3998 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
3999 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4000 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4001 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4002
4003 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4004 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4005 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4006 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4007
4008 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4009 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4010 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4011 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4012 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4013 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4014 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4015 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4016 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4017 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4018 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4019 fragment entirely.)
4020
4021 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4022 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4023 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4024
4025 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4026 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4027 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4028 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4029
4030 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4031 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4032 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4033 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4034 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4035 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4036
4037 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4038 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4039
4040 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4041 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4042
4043 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4044 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4045 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4046 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4047 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4048
4049 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4050 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4051 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4052 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4053 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4054 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4055 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4056 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4057 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4058 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4059 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4060 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4061 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4062 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4063 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4064 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4065 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4066 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4067 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4068 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4069 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4070 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4071 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4072 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4073 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4074 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4075
4076 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4077
4078 CHANGES WITH 231:
4079
4080 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4081 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4082 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4083 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4084 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4085 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4086 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4087 independently.
4088
4089 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4090 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4091
4092 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4093 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4094 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4095 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4096 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4097 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4098 values.
4099
4100 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4101 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4102 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4103 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4104 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4105
4106 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4107 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4108 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4109 7:10am every day.
4110
4111 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4112 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4113 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4114 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4115 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4116 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4117 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4118 available for compatibility.
4119
4120 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4121 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4122 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4123 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4124 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4125 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4126
4127 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4128 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4129 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4130 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4131 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4132 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4133 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4134 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4135 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4136
4137 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4138 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4139 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4140 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4141 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4142 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4143 desired options.
4144
4145 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4146 cgroup v2.
4147
4148 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4149 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4150 limited to subgroups of that group.
4151
4152 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4153 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4154 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4155 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4156 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4157 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4158 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4159 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4160
4161 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4162 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4163 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4164 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4165 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4166 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4167 own long-running services.
4168
4169 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4170 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4171 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4172 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4173
4174 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4175 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4176 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4177 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4178 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4179 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4180 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4181 primitives.
4182
4183 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4184 "terminate".
4185
4186 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4187 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4188
4189 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4190 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4191 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4192 --flush-caches".
4193
4194 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4195 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4196 is shown.
4197
4198 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4199 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4200 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4201 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4202 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4203 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4204
4205 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4206 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4207 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4208 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4209 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4210 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4211 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4212 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4213 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4214 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4215 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4216 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4217 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4218 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4219 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4220 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4221 bus API instead.
4222
4223 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4224 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4225 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4226 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4227
4228 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4229 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4230 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4231 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4232
4233 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4234 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4235 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4236
4237 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4238 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4239
4240 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4241 interface configuration.
4242
4243 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4244 specifying the --force switch.
4245
4246 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4247 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4248 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4249
4250 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4251 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4252 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4253 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4254 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4255 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4256 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4257 to be handled.
4258
4259 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4260 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4261
4262 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4263 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4264
4265 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4266 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4267 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4268
4269 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4270 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4271
4272 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4273 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4274 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4275 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4276 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4277 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4278 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4279 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4280 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4281 library.
4282
4283 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4284 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4285 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4286 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4287 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4288 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4289 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4290 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4291 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4292 doc/HACKING for details.
4293
4294 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4295 distribution's bugtracker.
4296
4297 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4298 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4299 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4300 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4301 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4302 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4303 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4304 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4305 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
4306 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
4307 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
4308 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
4309 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
4310 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
4311 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
4312 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
4313 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
4314 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
4315 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4316
4317 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
4318
4319 CHANGES WITH 230:
4320
4321 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
4322 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
4323 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
4324 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
4325 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
4326 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
4327 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
4328 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
4329 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
4330 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
4331 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
4332 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
4333 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
4334 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
4335 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
4336 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
4337 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
4338 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
4339 applications.)
4340
4341 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
4342 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
4343 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
4344
4345 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
4346 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
4347 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
4348 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
4349 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
4350 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
4351 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
4352
4353 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
4354 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
4355 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
4356 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
4357 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
4358 command works for tmux.
4359
4360 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
4361 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
4362 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
4363 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
4364 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
4365 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
4366
4367 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
4368 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
4369
4370 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
4371 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
4372 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
4373
4374 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
4375
4376 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
4377 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
4378 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
4379 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
4380 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
4381
4382 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
4383 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
4384 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
4385 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
4386
4387 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
4388 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
4389 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
4390 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
4391 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
4392 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
4393
4394 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
4395 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
4396 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
4397
4398 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
4399 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
4400 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
4401 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
4402 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
4403 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
4404
4405 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
4406 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
4407 address.
4408
4409 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
4410 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
4411 should be emitted.
4412
4413 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
4414 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
4415 supported.
4416
4417 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
4418 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
4419 logging performance.
4420
4421 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4422 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
4423 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
4424 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
4425 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
4426 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
4427
4428 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
4429 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
4430 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
4431 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
4432
4433 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
4434 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
4435
4436 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
4437 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
4438 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
4439
4440 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
4441
4442 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
4443 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
4444 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
4445 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
4446
4447 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
4448 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
4449 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
4450 refuse to operate on such files.
4451
4452 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
4453 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
4454 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
4455
4456 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
4457 just hidden container images.
4458
4459 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
4460 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
4461
4462 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
4463 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
4464 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
4465 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
4466 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
4467 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
4468 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
4469 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
4470 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
4471 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
4472 been changed to use this functionality by default.
4473
4474 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
4475 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
4476 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
4477 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
4478 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
4479 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
4480 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
4481 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
4482 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
4483 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
4484 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
4485 terminates.
4486
4487 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
4488 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
4489 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
4490 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
4491
4492 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
4493 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
4494 rate of the socket unit.
4495
4496 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
4497 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
4498 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
4499 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
4500 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
4501
4502 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
4503 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
4504 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
4505 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
4506 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
4507 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
4508 with this.
4509
4510 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
4511 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
4512
4513 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
4514 merged into the kernel in its current form.
4515
4516 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
4517 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
4518 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
4519 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
4520 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
4521
4522 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
4523 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
4524 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
4525
4526 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
4527 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
4528 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
4529 target is now included in early userspace.
4530
4531 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
4532 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
4533 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
4534 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
4535 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
4536 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
4537 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
4538 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
4539 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
4540 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
4541 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
4542 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
4543 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
4544 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
4545 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
4546 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
4547 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
4548 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
4549 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
4550 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4551 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
4552 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
4553 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
4554 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
4555 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4556 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4557
4558 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
4559
4560 CHANGES WITH 229:
4561
4562 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
4563 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
4564 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
4565 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
4566 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
4567 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
4568 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
4569 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
4570 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
4571 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
4572 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
4573 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
4574 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
4575
4576 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
4577 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
4578 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
4579 /usr/bin.
4580
4581 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
4582 devices.
4583
4584 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
4585 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
4586 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
4587 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
4588 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
4589 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
4590 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
4591 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
4592 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
4593 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
4594 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
4595 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
4596 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
4597 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
4598 this limit.
4599
4600 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
4601 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
4602 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
4603 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
4604 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
4605 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
4606 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
4607 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
4608
4609 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
4610 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
4611 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
4612 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
4613 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
4614 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
4615 and group at package installation time.
4616
4617 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
4618 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
4619 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
4620 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
4621 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
4622
4623 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
4624 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
4625 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
4626 supports it.
4627
4628 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
4629 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
4630
4631 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
4632 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
4633 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
4634 file is already initialized.
4635
4636 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
4637 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
4638 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
4639 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
4640 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
4641 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
4642 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
4643 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
4644 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
4645
4646 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
4647 working directory for the process started in the container.
4648
4649 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
4650 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
4651 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
4652 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
4653 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
4654
4655 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4656 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
4657 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
4658
4659 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
4660 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
4661 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
4662 sd_journal_restart_fields().
4663
4664 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
4665 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
4666 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
4667 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
4668 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
4669
4670 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
4671 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
4672 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
4673 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
4674
4675 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
4676 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
4677 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
4678 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
4679 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
4680 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
4681 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
4682 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
4683 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
4684 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
4685 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
4686 by PID 1.
4687
4688 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
4689 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
4690 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
4691 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
4692 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
4693 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
4694 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
4695 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
4696
4697 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
4698
4699 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
4700 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
4701 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
4702
4703 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
4704 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
4705 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
4706 recent kernels.
4707
4708 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
4709 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
4710
4711 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
4712 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
4713 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
4714 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
4715 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
4716 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
4717 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
4718 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
4719 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
4720 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
4721 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
4722 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
4723 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
4724
4725 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
4726 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
4727 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
4728 clusters or larger setups.
4729
4730 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
4731
4732 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
4733 sockets.
4734
4735 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
4736
4737 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
4738 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
4739 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
4740 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
4741 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
4742 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
4743
4744 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
4745 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
4746 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
4747
4748 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
4749 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
4750 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
4751 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
4752
4753 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
4754
4755 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
4756 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
4757 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
4758 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
4759 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
4760 maintain compatibility.
4761
4762 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
4763 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
4764 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
4765 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
4766 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
4767 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
4768 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
4769 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
4770 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
4771 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
4772 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
4773 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4774 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
4775 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
4776 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
4777 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
4778 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4779 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
4780 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4781
4782 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
4783
4784 CHANGES WITH 228:
4785
4786 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
4787 files are now also available as properties to set when
4788 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
4789 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
4790 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
4791 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
4792 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
4793 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
4794 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
4795
4796 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
4797 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
4798 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
4799
4800 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
4801 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
4802 created transiently.
4803
4804 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
4805 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
4806 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
4807 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
4808 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
4809 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
4810 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
4811 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
4812
4813 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
4814 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
4815 disk and sync the files, before returning.
4816
4817 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
4818 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
4819 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
4820 enabled.
4821
4822 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
4823 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
4824 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
4825 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
4826 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
4827 subvolumes.
4828
4829 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
4830 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
4831
4832 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
4833 individual indexes.
4834
4835 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
4836 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
4837 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
4838 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
4839 suffixes now.
4840
4841 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
4842 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
4843 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
4844 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
4845 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
4846 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
4847 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
4848 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
4849 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
4850 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
4851 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
4852 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
4853 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
4854 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
4855 number of processes or tasks each user may own
4856 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
4857 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
4858 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
4859 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
4860 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
4861 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
4862
4863 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
4864 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
4865 links between the host and the container.
4866
4867 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
4868 added that allows importing select environment variables
4869 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
4870 the service.
4871
4872 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
4873 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
4874 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
4875 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
4876 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
4877 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
4878 than until they first elapse.
4879
4880 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
4881 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
4882 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
4883 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
4884 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
4885 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
4886 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
4887 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
4888
4889 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
4890 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
4891 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
4892 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
4893 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
4894 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
4895 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
4896 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
4897 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
4898 journal and in coredump handling.
4899
4900 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
4901 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
4902 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
4903 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
4904 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
4905 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
4906 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
4907 software you package still references it, as this is a
4908 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
4909 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
4910
4911 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
4912
4913 Note that only util-linux versions built with
4914 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
4915
4916 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
4917 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
4918 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
4919
4920 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
4921 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
4922 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
4923 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
4924 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
4925 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
4926 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
4927 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
4928 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
4929 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
4930 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
4931 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
4932 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
4933 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
4934 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
4935 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
4936
4937 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
4938 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
4939 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
4940 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
4941 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
4942 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
4943 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
4944 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
4945 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
4946 surprises.
4947
4948 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
4949 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
4950 to the various user database fields of the user that the
4951 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
4952 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
4953 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
4954 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
4955 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
4956 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
4957 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
4958 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
4959 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
4960 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
4961 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
4962 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
4963 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
4964 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
4965 of PID 1 is the root user).
4966
4967 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
4968 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
4969 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4970 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
4971 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4972 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
4973 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4974 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
4975 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4976 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
4977 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
4978 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
4979 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4980 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
4981 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4982
4983 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
4984
4985 CHANGES WITH 227:
4986
4987 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
4988 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
4989 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
4990
4991 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
4992 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
4993 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
4994 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
4995 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
4996 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
4997
4998 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
4999 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5000 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5001 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5002 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5003
5004 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5005 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5006 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5007 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5008 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5009 packets on unestablished sockets.
5010
5011 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5012 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5013 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5014 automatically.
5015
5016 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5017 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5018 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5019
5020 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5021 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5022 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5023 for disk IO.
5024
5025 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5026 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5027 removed.
5028
5029 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5030 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5031 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5032 configured in User=.
5033
5034 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5035 directory of the selected user by default.
5036
5037 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5038 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5039 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5040 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5041 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5042 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5043 compat reasons.
5044
5045 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5046 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5047 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5048 units.
5049
5050 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5051 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5052 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5053 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5054 level.
5055
5056 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5057 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5058 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5059 namespaces work correctly.
5060
5061 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5062 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5063 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5064 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5065 activation.
5066
5067 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5068 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5069 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5070 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5071 system instance in a container.
5072
5073 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5074 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5075 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5076 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5077 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5078 connections.
5079
5080 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5081 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5082
5083 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5084 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5085 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5086 processes attached, or similar.
5087
5088 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5089 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5090 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5091
5092 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5093 specifiers like %i or %f.
5094
5095 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5096 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5097 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5098 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5099
5100 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5101 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5102 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5103 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5104 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5105 descriptors using sd_notify().
5106
5107 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5108
5109 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5110 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5111
5112 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5113 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5114
5115 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5116 .network files.
5117
5118 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5119 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5120 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5121 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5122 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5123 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5124 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5125 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5126 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5127 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5128 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5129 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5130 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5131 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5132 gdm-autologin is used.
5133
5134 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5135 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5136 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5137 next to the image file.
5138
5139 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5140 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5141 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5142 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5143
5144 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5145 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5146 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5147 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5148 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5149 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5150
5151 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5152 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5153 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5154 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5155 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5156 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5157 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5158 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5159 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5160 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5161 number of files in place.
5162
5163 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5164 on kernels where that is supported.
5165
5166 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5167
5168 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5169 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5170 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5171 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5172 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5173 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5174 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5175 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5176 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5177 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5178 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5179 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5180 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5181 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5182 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5183 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5184 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5185 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5186
5187 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5188
5189 CHANGES WITH 226:
5190
5191 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5192 new features:
5193
5194 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5195 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5196 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5197 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5198 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5199 is any) is propagated.
5200
5201 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5202 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5203 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5204 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5205 information is enabled between host and containers by
5206 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5207 to what the host has set.
5208
5209 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5210 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5211
5212 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5213 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5214 information back, even if the server loses state.
5215
5216 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5217 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5218 PoolSize=.
5219
5220 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5221 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5222 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5223 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5224
5225 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5226 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5227 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5228 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5229 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5230
5231 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5232 for virtio devices.
5233
5234 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5235 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5236 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5237 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5238 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5239 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5240 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5241 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5242 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5243 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5244 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5245 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5246 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5247 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5248 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5249 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5250 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5251 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5252 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5253 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5254 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5255 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5256 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5257 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5258 grants them.
5259
5260 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5261 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5262 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5263 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5264 group tree.
5265
5266 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5267 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5268 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5269 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5270 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5271 work correctly in containers now.
5272
5273 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5274 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5275
5276 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5277 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5278 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5279 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5280 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5281
5282 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5283 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5284 signal events.
5285
5286 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5287 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5288 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5289 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5290
5291 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5292 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5293 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5294 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5295 nspawn command line.
5296
5297 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5298 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5299 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5300 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5301 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5302 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5303 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5304 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5305
5306 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
5307
5308 CHANGES WITH 225:
5309
5310 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
5311 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
5312 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
5313 shell directly without prompting for username or
5314 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
5315 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
5316 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
5317 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
5318 the originating session.
5319
5320 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
5321 options and allows other programs to query the values.
5322
5323 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
5324 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
5325 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
5326 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
5327 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
5328 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
5329 probably not stabilize on this release.
5330
5331 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
5332 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
5333 messages.
5334
5335 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
5336 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
5337 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
5338
5339 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
5340 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
5341
5342 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
5343 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
5344 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
5345 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
5346 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
5347 posteriori.
5348
5349 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
5350 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
5351
5352 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
5353 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
5354 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
5355 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
5356 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
5357 "lastlog" tools.
5358
5359 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
5360 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
5361 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
5362 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
5363 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
5364
5365 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
5366 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
5367 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
5368 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5369 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
5370 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
5371 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
5372 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
5373 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
5374 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
5375 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
5376 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5377
5378 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
5379
5380 CHANGES WITH 224:
5381
5382 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
5383 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
5384
5385 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
5386 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
5387 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
5388
5389 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
5390 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5391 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
5392
5393 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
5394
5395 CHANGES WITH 223:
5396
5397 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
5398 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
5399 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
5400 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5401
5402 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
5403 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
5404
5405 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
5406 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
5407
5408 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
5409
5410 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
5411 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
5412 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
5413
5414 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
5415 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
5416 decapsulated packet.
5417
5418 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
5419 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
5420 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
5421 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
5422 netlink attribute.
5423
5424 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
5425 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
5426 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
5427 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
5428
5429 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
5430 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
5431 according to RFC2460.
5432
5433 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
5434 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
5435
5436 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
5437 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
5438 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
5439
5440 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
5441 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
5442 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
5443 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
5444 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
5445 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
5446
5447 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
5448 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5449 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
5450 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5451 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5452 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
5453 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
5454 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
5455 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
5456 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5457
5458 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
5459
5460 CHANGES WITH 222:
5461
5462 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
5463 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
5464 or should be used to work around such bugs.
5465
5466 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
5467 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
5468
5469 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
5470 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
5471 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
5472 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
5473 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
5474
5475 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
5476 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
5477 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
5478
5479 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
5480 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
5481 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
5482 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
5483 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
5484
5485 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5486
5487 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
5488 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
5489 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
5490 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5491 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
5492 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5493 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
5494 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
5495 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5496 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5497
5498 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
5499
5500 CHANGES WITH 221:
5501
5502 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5503 stable and have been added to the official interface of
5504 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
5505 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
5506 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
5507 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
5508 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
5509 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
5510 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
5511 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5512 portable to other kernels.
5513
5514 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
5515 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
5516 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
5517 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
5518 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
5519 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
5520 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
5521 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
5522 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
5523 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
5524 systemd enabled.
5525
5526 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
5527 2.26.
5528
5529 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
5530 favor of calling an abstraction tool
5531 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
5532 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
5533 in README for details.
5534
5535 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
5536 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
5537 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
5538 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
5539 unit.
5540
5541 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
5542 into man pages.
5543
5544 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
5545 external project.
5546
5547 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
5548 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
5549
5550 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
5551 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
5552 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
5553 state.
5554
5555 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
5556 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
5557 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
5558
5559 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
5560 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
5561 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
5562 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
5563 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
5564 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
5565 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
5566 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
5567 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
5568 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5569 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
5570 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
5571 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
5572 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5573 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
5574 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5575
5576 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
5577
5578 CHANGES WITH 220:
5579
5580 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
5581 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
5582 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
5583 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
5584 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
5585 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
5586 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
5587 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
5588
5589 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
5590 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
5591 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
5592 service consumed). This value is only available if
5593 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
5594 in the "systemctl status" output.
5595
5596 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
5597 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
5598 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
5599 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
5600 previously was already the default behaviour).
5601
5602 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
5603 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
5604 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
5605
5606 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
5607 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
5608 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
5609 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
5610
5611 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
5612 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
5613 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
5614 journalling file systems that support external journal
5615 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
5616 systems to be mounted.
5617
5618 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
5619 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
5620 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
5621 stable release this should not be problematic.
5622
5623 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
5624 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
5625 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
5626 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
5627 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
5628
5629 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
5630 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
5631 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
5632 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
5633 network switches.
5634
5635 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
5636 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
5637
5638 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
5639 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
5640 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
5641
5642 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
5643
5644 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
5645 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
5646 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
5647 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
5648 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
5649 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
5650 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
5651 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
5652 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
5653 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
5654 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
5655 been fixed in v220.
5656
5657 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
5658 systemd-networkd.
5659
5660 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
5661 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
5662 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
5663 containers started from the command line.
5664
5665 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
5666 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
5667
5668 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
5669 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
5670 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
5671 indirection via a pseudo tty.
5672
5673 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
5674 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
5675 when shutting down.
5676
5677 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
5678 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
5679 overlayfs support.
5680
5681 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
5682 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
5683 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
5684 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
5685 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
5686 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
5687 images are imported via systemd-importd.
5688
5689 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
5690 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
5691 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
5692
5693 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
5694 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
5695 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
5696 of v1 as before).
5697
5698 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
5699 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
5700
5701 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
5702 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
5703 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
5704 without further privileges or authorization.
5705
5706 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
5707 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
5708 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
5709 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
5710 accessible via a bus interface.
5711
5712 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
5713 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
5714 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
5715 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
5716 to cover this functionality.
5717
5718 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
5719 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
5720 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
5721 disabled/masked also stopped.
5722
5723 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
5724 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
5725 updated to support systemd-boot.
5726
5727 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
5728 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
5729 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
5730 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
5731 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
5732 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
5733 like this and can extract OS release information from them
5734 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
5735 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
5736
5737 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
5738 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
5739 system.
5740
5741 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
5742 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
5743 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
5744 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
5745 device symlinks.
5746
5747 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
5748 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
5749 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
5750 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
5751
5752 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
5753 stick devices has been added.
5754
5755 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
5756 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
5757
5758 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
5759 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
5760 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
5761 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
5762 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
5763
5764 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
5765 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
5766 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
5767
5768 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
5769 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
5770 Debian.
5771
5772 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
5773 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
5774 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
5775
5776 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
5777 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
5778 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
5779 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
5780 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
5781 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5782 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
5783 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5784 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
5785 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
5786 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5787 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
5788 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
5789 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
5790 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
5791 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
5792 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
5793 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5794 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
5795 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
5796 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
5797 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
5798 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
5799 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
5800 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
5801 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
5802 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5803
5804 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
5805
5806 CHANGES WITH 219:
5807
5808 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
5809 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
5810 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
5811 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
5812 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
5813 interface with and update the database.
5814
5815 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
5816 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
5817 before bytewise copying is done.
5818
5819 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
5820 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
5821 directory, and immediately removed when the container
5822 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
5823 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
5824 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
5825 for starting a container off the root file system of the
5826 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
5827 available on btrfs file systems.
5828
5829 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
5830 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
5831 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
5832 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
5833 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
5834 systems.
5835
5836 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
5837 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
5838 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
5839 mount point remains.
5840
5841 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
5842 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
5843 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
5844 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
5845 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
5846 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
5847 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
5848 are disabled.
5849
5850 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
5851 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
5852 container to the host or vice versa.
5853
5854 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
5855 mount host directories into local containers. This is
5856 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
5857
5858 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
5859 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
5860
5861 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
5862 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
5863 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
5864 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
5865 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
5866 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
5867 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
5868 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
5869 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
5870 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
5871 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
5872 make the functionality of importd available to the
5873 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
5874 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
5875 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
5876 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
5877 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
5878 only fully supported on btrfs.
5879
5880 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
5881 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
5882 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
5883 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
5884 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
5885 information about images.
5886
5887 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
5888 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
5889 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
5890 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
5891 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
5892 legacy file systems).
5893
5894 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
5895 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
5896 shown in networkctl output.
5897
5898 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
5899 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
5900 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
5901 processes as system services while interactively
5902 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
5903 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
5904 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
5905 full login session, the difference being that the former
5906 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
5907 setup.
5908
5909 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
5910 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
5911 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
5912 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
5913 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
5914
5915 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
5916 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
5917 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
5918 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
5919 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
5920 via qemu/kvm.
5921
5922 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
5923 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
5924 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
5925 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
5926 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
5927 disk images, too.
5928
5929 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
5930 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
5931 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
5932 integrate with that.
5933
5934 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
5935 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
5936 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
5937 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
5938
5939 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
5940 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
5941 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
5942
5943 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
5944 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
5945 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
5946 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
5947 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
5948 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
5949 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
5950 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
5951 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
5952 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
5953
5954 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
5955 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
5956 files.
5957
5958 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
5959 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
5960 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
5961 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
5962 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
5963 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
5964 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
5965 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
5966 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
5967 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
5968 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
5969 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
5970 explicitly turned on.
5971
5972 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
5973 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
5974 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
5975 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
5976
5977 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
5978 supported.
5979
5980 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
5981 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
5982 user/session following the status output. Similar,
5983 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
5984 associated with a virtual machine or container
5985 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
5986 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
5987 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
5988 output however.)
5989
5990 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
5991 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
5992 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
5993 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
5994 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
5995 caller's session/user.
5996
5997 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
5998 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
5999 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6000 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6001 user services.
6002
6003 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6004 same way as unit files.
6005
6006 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6007 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6008 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6009 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6010 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6011 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6012 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6013 the host.
6014
6015 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6016 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6017 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6018 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6019 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6020 host.
6021
6022 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6023 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6024 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6025 updated to make use of it too by default.
6026
6027 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6028 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6029 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6030 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6031
6032 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6033 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6034 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6035 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6036 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6037 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6038 modification.
6039
6040 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6041 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6042 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6043 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6044 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6045 information about Touchpad types.
6046
6047 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6048 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6049
6050 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6051 Policy link field.
6052
6053 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6054 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6055
6056 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6057 ACLs on files.
6058
6059 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6060 tmpfs, automatically.
6061
6062 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6063 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6064 status" output, if available.
6065
6066 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6067 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6068 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6069 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6070 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6071 run on next reboot.
6072
6073 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6074 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6075 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6076 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6077 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6078 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6079 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6080
6081 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6082 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6083 after a configurable timeout.
6084
6085 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6086 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6087 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6088 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6089 it non-idle.
6090
6091 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6092 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6093
6094 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6095 each .network interface in networkd.
6096
6097 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6098 in .network files.
6099
6100 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6101 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6102
6103 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6104 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6105 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6106 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6107 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6108 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6109 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6110 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6111 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6112 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6113 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6114 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6115 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6116 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6117 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6118 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6119 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6120 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6121 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6122 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6123 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6124 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6125 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6126 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6127
6128 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6129
6130 CHANGES WITH 218:
6131
6132 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6133 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6134 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6135 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6136
6137 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6138 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6139 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6140 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6141 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6142
6143 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6144
6145 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6146 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6147 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6148 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6149 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6150 modified configuration after editing.
6151
6152 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6153 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6154 system preset files.
6155
6156 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
6157 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6158 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6159 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6160 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6161 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6162 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6163 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
6164 other contexts.
6165
6166 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6167 inhibitors.
6168
6169 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6170 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6171 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6172 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6173 managers.
6174
6175 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6176 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6177 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6178 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6179 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6180 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6181 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6182 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6183 parallel to journald.
6184
6185 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6186 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6187 available.
6188
6189 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6190 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6191 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6192 or are not older than the specified time.
6193
6194 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6195 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6196 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6197 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6198
6199 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6200 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6201 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6202 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6203 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6204 communication.
6205
6206 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6207 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6208 services.
6209
6210 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6211 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6212 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6213 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6214 the new "busctl tree" command.
6215
6216 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6217 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6218 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6219 friendly way.
6220
6221 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6222 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6223 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6224 race-ful way.
6225
6226 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6227 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6228 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6229 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6230 --link-journal=try-guest.
6231
6232 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6233 stable MAC addresses.
6234
6235 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6236 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6237 the respective unit shall use.
6238
6239 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6240 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6241 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6242 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6243
6244 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6245 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6246 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6247 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6248 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6249 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6250
6251 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6252 details see:
6253
6254 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6255
6256 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6257 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6258 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6259 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6260 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6261 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6262 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6263 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6264 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6265 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6266 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6267 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6268
6269 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6270 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6271 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6272 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6273 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6274
6275 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6276 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6277 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6278 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6279 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6280 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6281 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6282 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6283
6284 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6285 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6286 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6287 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6288 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6289 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6290 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6291 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6292 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6293 interface.
6294
6295 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6296 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6297 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6298 luks.name= argument.
6299
6300 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6301 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6302 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6303 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6304 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6305 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6306
6307 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
6308 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
6309 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
6310
6311 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
6312 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
6313 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6314 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
6315 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
6316 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
6317 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
6318 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6319 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
6320 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
6321 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
6322 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
6323 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
6324 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
6325 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
6326 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6327 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
6328 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6329
6330 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
6331
6332 CHANGES WITH 217:
6333
6334 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
6335 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
6336 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
6337 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
6338
6339 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
6340 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
6341 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
6342 now waits until the operation is complete.
6343
6344 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
6345 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
6346 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
6347 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
6348 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
6349 connection.
6350
6351 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
6352 commands anymore.
6353
6354 * User units are now loaded also from
6355 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
6356 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
6357 supported, but is under the control of the user.
6358
6359 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
6360 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
6361 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
6362 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
6363 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
6364 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
6365 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
6366 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
6367 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
6368 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
6369 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
6370 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
6371 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
6372 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
6373 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
6374 question.
6375
6376 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
6377 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
6378 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
6379
6380 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
6381 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
6382 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
6383 command line to trigger resume.
6384
6385 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
6386 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
6387 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
6388 Desktop=systemd-console.
6389
6390 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
6391 systemd-networkd.
6392
6393 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
6394 from the information provided by the networking stack
6395 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
6396
6397 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
6398 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
6399
6400 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
6401 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
6402 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
6403
6404 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
6405
6406 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
6407 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
6408 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
6409 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
6410 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
6411 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
6412
6413 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
6414 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
6415 respected.
6416
6417 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
6418 virtualization.
6419
6420 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
6421 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
6422 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
6423 on.
6424
6425 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
6426
6427 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
6428
6429 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
6430 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
6431 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
6432 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
6433 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
6434 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
6435 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
6436
6437 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
6438 available for service units, that allows locking all service
6439 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
6440 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
6441 from the service's view entirely.
6442
6443 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
6444 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
6445
6446 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
6447 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
6448 session.
6449
6450 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
6451 legacy-free systems.
6452
6453 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
6454 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
6455 easily.
6456
6457 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
6458 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
6459 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
6460 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
6461 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
6462 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
6463 option.
6464
6465 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
6466 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
6467 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
6468 /usr.
6469
6470 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
6471 services, not only the main process.
6472
6473 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
6474 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
6475 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
6476 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
6477 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
6478
6479 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
6480 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
6481 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
6482 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
6483 directly from now on, again.
6484
6485 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
6486 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
6487 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
6488 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
6489 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
6490 enabling and disabling.
6491
6492 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
6493 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
6494 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
6495 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
6496 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
6497 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
6498 unnecessary or unlikely.
6499
6500 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
6501 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
6502 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
6503 "anually", "hourly", ...).
6504
6505 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
6506 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
6507 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
6508 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
6509 overwritten at runtime.
6510
6511 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
6512 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
6513 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
6514 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
6515 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
6516 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
6517 segmentation fault.
6518
6519 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
6520 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
6521 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6522 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
6523 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
6524 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
6525 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
6526 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
6527 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
6528 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6529 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6530 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6531 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
6532 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
6533 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
6534 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
6535 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
6536 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
6537 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6538 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6539 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
6540 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6541
6542 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
6543
6544 CHANGES WITH 216:
6545
6546 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
6547 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
6548 implementations should add a
6549
6550 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
6551
6552 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
6553 default functionality.
6554
6555 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
6556 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
6557 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
6558 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
6559 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
6560 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
6561 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
6562 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
6563 files might need to be owned by them. A new
6564 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
6565 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
6566 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
6567 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
6568
6569 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
6570 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
6571 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
6572 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
6573 added eventually, too.
6574
6575 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
6576 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
6577 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
6578 new command to update these fields.
6579
6580 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
6581 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
6582 have been discovered via DHCP.
6583
6584 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
6585 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
6586 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
6587 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
6588 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
6589 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
6590 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
6591 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
6592 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
6593 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
6594 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
6595 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
6596 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
6597 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
6598 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
6599 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
6600 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
6601 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
6602 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
6603 implementation to systemd-resolved.
6604
6605 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
6606 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
6607 containers to their respective IP addresses.
6608
6609 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
6610 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
6611 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
6612 and present it to the user in a very friendly
6613 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
6614 control utility for networkd.
6615
6616 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
6617 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
6618 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
6619 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
6620 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
6621 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
6622 (NoDelay=).
6623
6624 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
6625 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
6626
6627 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
6628 be started only after time-sync.target has been
6629 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
6630 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
6631 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
6632 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
6633
6634 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
6635 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
6636 of the link.
6637
6638 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
6639 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
6640
6641 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
6642 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
6643
6644 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
6645 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
6646 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
6647 for DHCP.
6648
6649 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
6650 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
6651 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
6652 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
6653 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
6654 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
6655 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
6656 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
6657
6658 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
6659 validation of unit files.
6660
6661 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
6662 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
6663 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
6664 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
6665 address may now be configured.
6666
6667 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
6668 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
6669 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
6670 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
6671
6672 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
6673 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
6674
6675 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
6676 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
6677 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
6678 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
6679
6680 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
6681 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
6682 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
6683 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
6684 implementation.
6685
6686 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
6687 journal data to a remote system running
6688 systemd-journal-remote.
6689
6690 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
6691 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
6692 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
6693 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
6694 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
6695 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
6696 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
6697 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
6698 version, you have to turn this option on again
6699 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
6700
6701 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
6702 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
6703 better than XZ which was the previous default.
6704
6705 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
6706 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
6707
6708 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
6709 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
6710
6711 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
6712 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
6713 "systemctl status" output for a service.
6714
6715 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
6716 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
6717 hostname, root password) interactively on first
6718 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
6719 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
6720
6721 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
6722
6723 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
6724
6725 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
6726 when primary addresses are removed.
6727
6728 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
6729 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
6730 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
6731 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
6732 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
6733 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
6734 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6735 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6736 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
6737 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
6738 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
6739 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
6740 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
6741 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
6742 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6743
6744 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
6745
6746 CHANGES WITH 215:
6747
6748 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
6749 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
6750 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
6751 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
6752 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
6753 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
6754 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
6755 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
6756 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
6757 require.
6758
6759 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
6760 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
6761
6762 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
6763 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
6764 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
6765 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
6766 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
6767 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
6768 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
6769
6770 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
6771 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
6772 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
6773 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
6774 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
6775 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
6776 update or reset should use this condition and order
6777 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
6778 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
6779 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
6780 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
6781 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
6782 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
6783 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
6784 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
6785 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
6786
6787 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
6788
6789 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
6790 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
6791 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
6792 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
6793
6794 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
6795 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
6796 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
6797 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
6798 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
6799 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
6800 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
6801 .network files using settings of this section should be
6802 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
6803 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
6804
6805 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
6806 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
6807
6808 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
6809 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
6810 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
6811 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
6812 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
6813 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
6814 of nspawn instances.
6815
6816 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
6817 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
6818 added.
6819
6820 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
6821 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
6822 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
6823 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
6824 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
6825 configuration stored in /etc.
6826
6827 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
6828 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
6829 parsing of unknown mount options.
6830
6831 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
6832 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
6833 it already exist and not already be the correct
6834 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
6835 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
6836 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
6837 pre-existing files of different types.
6838
6839 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
6840 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
6841 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
6842 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
6843 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
6844 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
6845 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
6846
6847 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
6848 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
6849 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
6850 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
6851 shall be executed.
6852
6853 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
6854 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
6855 example whether it is fully up and running.
6856
6857 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
6858 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
6859 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
6860 reset.
6861
6862 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
6863 most basic services systemd ships by default.
6864
6865 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
6866 field for defining the default instance to create if a
6867 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
6868
6869 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
6870 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
6871 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
6872
6873 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
6874 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
6875 access to this group.
6876
6877 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
6878 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
6879 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
6880 to the journal.
6881
6882 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
6883 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
6884 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
6885 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
6886 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
6887 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
6888
6889 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
6890 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
6891 that makes sure to only show information about the most
6892 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
6893 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
6894 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
6895 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
6896 the old name to the new name.
6897
6898 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
6899 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
6900 coredumpctl without restrictions.
6901
6902 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
6903 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
6904 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
6905 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
6906 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
6907 "systemd-debug-generator".
6908
6909 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
6910 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
6911 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
6912 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
6913 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
6914 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
6915 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
6916 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
6917 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
6918 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
6919 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
6920
6921 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
6922 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
6923 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
6924 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
6925 been added to query many of these paths for the local
6926 machine and user.
6927
6928 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
6929 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
6930 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
6931 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
6932 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
6933
6934 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
6935 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
6936 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
6937 couple of drop-in directories.
6938
6939 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
6940 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
6941 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
6942 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
6943 for dev_port.
6944
6945 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
6946 container (read from /etc/os-release and
6947 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
6948 "machinectl status" for a machine.
6949
6950 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
6951 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
6952 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
6953 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
6954 Restart= setting.
6955
6956 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
6957 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
6958 directly connect to a specific container on the
6959 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
6960 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
6961 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
6962 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
6963 containers is a privileged operation.
6964
6965 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
6966 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
6967 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
6968 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
6969 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6970 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
6971 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
6972 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
6973 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
6974 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
6975 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
6976 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6977
6978 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
6979
6980 CHANGES WITH 214:
6981
6982 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
6983 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
6984 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
6985 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
6986 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
6987 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
6988 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
6989 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
6990 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
6991 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
6992 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
6993 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
6994 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
6995 devices are excluded from this logic.
6996
6997 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
6998 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
6999 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7000 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7001 change has been released.
7002
7003 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7004 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7005 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7006
7007 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7008 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7009 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7010 with fewer privileges.
7011
7012 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7013 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7014 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7015 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7016
7017 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7018 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7019
7020 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7021 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7022
7023 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7024 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7025 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7026
7027 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7028 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7029 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7030 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7031 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7032 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7033
7034 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7035 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7036 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7037
7038 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7039 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7040 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7041 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7042 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7043 modifications of user data or system files from
7044 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7045 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7046
7047 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7048 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7049 and FIFOs in the file system.
7050
7051 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7052 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7053 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7054
7055 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7056 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7057 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7058 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7059 the socket itself.
7060
7061 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7062 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7063 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7064 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7065 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7066 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7067 symlinks, and nothing else.
7068
7069 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7070 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7071 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7072 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7073 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7074 process (for example, the parent process). The
7075 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7076 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7077 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7078 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7079 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7080 messages to services when the originating process already
7081 vanished.
7082
7083 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7084 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7085 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7086 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7087 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7088 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7089 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7090 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7091 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7092 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7093 all long-running services.
7094
7095 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7096 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7097 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7098 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7099 service.
7100
7101 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7102 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7103 applied to all submounts, too.
7104
7105 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7106
7107 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7108 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7109 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7110 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7111 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7112 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7113 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7114
7115 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7116 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7117 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7118 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7119 (domU) domains.
7120
7121 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7122 files or entire directories.
7123
7124 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7125 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7126 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7127 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7128 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7129
7130 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7131 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7132 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7133 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7134 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7135 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7136 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7137 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7138 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7139 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7140 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7141 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7142
7143 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7144 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7145 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7146 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7147
7148 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7149 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7150 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7151 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7152 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7153 non-directories.
7154
7155 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7156 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7157 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7158
7159 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7160 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7161 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7162 this group.
7163
7164 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7165 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7166 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7167 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7168 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7169 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7170 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7171
7172 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7173
7174 CHANGES WITH 213:
7175
7176 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7177 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7178 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7179 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7180 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7181 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7182 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7183 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7184 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7185 client should be more than appropriate for most
7186 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7187 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7188 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7189 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7190 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7191 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7192 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7193 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7194 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7195 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7196 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7197
7198 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7199 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7200 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7201 part of a different namespace.
7202
7203 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7204 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7205 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7206 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7207
7208 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7209 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7210 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7211
7212 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7213 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7214 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7215 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7216 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7217 restart the service in question.
7218
7219 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7220 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7221 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7222 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7223 details when running non-locally.
7224
7225 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7226 graphs it generates.
7227
7228 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7229 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7230 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7231 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7232 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7233
7234 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7235
7236 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7237 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7238 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7239 what it was on SysV systems.
7240
7241 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7242 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7243
7244 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7245 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7246 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7247
7248 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7249 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7250 to show these addresses in its output.
7251
7252 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7253 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7254 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7255 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7256 preferred over a text one.
7257
7258 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7259 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7260 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7261 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7262 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7263 mDNS cache.
7264
7265 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7266 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7267 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7268 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7269 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7270
7271 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7272 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7273 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7274 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7275 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7276
7277 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7278 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7279 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7280 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7281 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7282 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7283 overrides any other settings.
7284
7285 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7286 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7287 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7288 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7289 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7290 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7291 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7292 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7293 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7294 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7295 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7296 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7297 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7298 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7299 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7300 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7301 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7302
7303 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7304
7305 CHANGES WITH 212:
7306
7307 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
7308 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
7309 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
7310 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
7311 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
7312 by accident.
7313
7314 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
7315 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
7316 registered with machined.
7317
7318 * sd-login gained new calls
7319 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
7320 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
7321 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
7322 counterparts.
7323
7324 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
7325 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
7326 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
7327 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
7328 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
7329 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
7330 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
7331 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
7332 once.
7333
7334 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
7335 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
7336 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
7337
7338 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
7339 units on all local containers, when used with the
7340 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
7341 executed when no parameters are specified).
7342
7343 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
7344 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
7345 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
7346 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
7347
7348 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
7349 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
7350 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
7351 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
7352 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
7353 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
7354
7355 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
7356 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
7357 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
7358 of the container.
7359
7360 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
7361 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
7362 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
7363 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
7364 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
7365 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
7366 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
7367 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
7368
7369 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
7370 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
7371 instead of /.
7372
7373 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
7374 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
7375 emergency messages now.
7376
7377 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
7378 journal log messages across the network.
7379
7380 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
7381 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
7382 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
7383 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
7384 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
7385 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
7386 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
7387
7388 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
7389 down a local OS container.
7390
7391 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
7392 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
7393 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
7394
7395 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
7396 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
7397 this is appropriate.
7398
7399 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
7400 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
7401 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
7402
7403 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
7404 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
7405 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
7406 for debugging purposes.
7407
7408 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
7409 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
7410 in seconds.
7411
7412 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
7413 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
7414 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
7415 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
7416 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
7417 like on traditional inetd.
7418
7419 * A new system.conf configuration option
7420 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
7421 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
7422
7423 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
7424 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
7425 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
7426 do these days).
7427
7428 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
7429 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
7430 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
7431 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
7432 could not take place because the system was powered off.
7433 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
7434
7435 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
7436 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
7437 it will be triggered.
7438
7439 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
7440 addresses to its local interfaces.
7441
7442 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
7443 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
7444 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
7445 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
7446 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
7447 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
7448 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
7449 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
7450 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7451
7452 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
7453
7454 CHANGES WITH 211:
7455
7456 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
7457 added to restrict which socket address families unit
7458 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
7459 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
7460 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
7461 is built on seccomp system call filters.
7462
7463 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
7464 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
7465 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
7466 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
7467 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
7468 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
7469 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
7470 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
7471 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
7472
7473 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
7474 matching against device group names.
7475
7476 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
7477 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
7478 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
7479 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
7480 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
7481 though.
7482
7483 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
7484 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
7485 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
7486 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
7487 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7488 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
7489 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
7490 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
7491 systems prepared appropriately.
7492
7493 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
7494 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
7495 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7496 (see above). This means that installations made with
7497 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
7498 deployed using container managers, completely
7499 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
7500 this feature soon, too.)
7501
7502 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
7503 set up a private macvlan interface for the
7504 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
7505 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
7506
7507 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
7508 using IPv4LL.
7509
7510 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
7511 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
7512 systemd-networkd.
7513
7514 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
7515 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
7516 still not a public API though (unless you specify
7517 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
7518 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
7519
7520 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
7521 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
7522 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
7523 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
7524 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
7525 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
7526 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
7527 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
7528 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
7529 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
7530 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
7531 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
7532 users.
7533
7534 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
7535 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
7536 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
7537 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
7538 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
7539 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
7540 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
7541 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
7542 due to a closed lid.
7543
7544 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
7545 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
7546 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
7547 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
7548 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
7549 order to then act as suspend blocker.
7550
7551 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
7552 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
7553 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
7554 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
7555 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
7556
7557 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
7558 now also work in --scope mode.
7559
7560 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
7561 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
7562 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
7563 promises are made.)
7564
7565 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
7566 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
7567 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
7568 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7569 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
7570 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
7571 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
7572 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
7573 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
7574 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7575
7576 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
7577
7578 CHANGES WITH 210:
7579
7580 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
7581 according to SMACK rules.
7582
7583 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
7584 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
7585
7586 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
7587 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
7588 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
7589
7590 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
7591 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
7592 and machine ID.
7593
7594 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
7595 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
7596 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
7597 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
7598 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
7599 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
7600 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
7601 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
7602 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
7603 backpack or similar.
7604
7605 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
7606 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
7607 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
7608 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
7609 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
7610 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
7611 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
7612 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
7613 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
7614 this on its own.
7615
7616 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
7617 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
7618 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
7619 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
7620
7621 * We will now ship a default .network file for
7622 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
7623 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
7624 --network-bridge= switches.
7625
7626 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
7627 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
7628 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
7629 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
7630 metrics, according to what is customary according to
7631 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
7632 each configuration option.
7633
7634 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
7635 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
7636 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
7637 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
7638 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
7639
7640 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
7641 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
7642 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
7643 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
7644 triggered by other work being done in the program.
7645
7646 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
7647 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
7648 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
7649 default however.
7650
7651 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
7652 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
7653 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
7654 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
7655 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
7656 them with systemd-networkd.
7657
7658 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
7659 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
7660 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
7661 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
7662 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
7663 is drastically increased, but given that these are
7664 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
7665 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
7666 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
7667 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
7668 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
7669 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
7670 during a transitional period!
7671
7672 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
7673 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
7674
7675 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
7676 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
7677 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
7678 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
7679 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7680 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
7681 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7682 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7683
7684 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
7685
7686 CHANGES WITH 209:
7687
7688 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
7689 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
7690 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
7691 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
7692 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
7693 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
7694 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
7695 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
7696 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
7697 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
7698 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
7699 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
7700
7701 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
7702 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
7703 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
7704 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
7705 machines and the like.
7706
7707 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
7708 shutdown/boot.
7709
7710 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
7711 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
7712
7713 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
7714 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
7715 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
7716 prepared for additional security frameworks.
7717
7718 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
7719 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
7720 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
7721 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
7722 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
7723 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
7724
7725 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
7726 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
7727 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
7728 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
7729 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
7730 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
7731 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
7732 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
7733 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
7734
7735 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
7736 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
7737
7738 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
7739 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
7740 implementation.
7741
7742 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
7743 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
7744 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
7745 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
7746 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
7747 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
7748 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
7749 and .service units.
7750
7751 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
7752 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
7753 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
7754
7755 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
7756 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
7757 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
7758 nothing makes use of it.
7759
7760 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
7761 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
7762 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
7763
7764 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
7765 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
7766 compatibility purposes.
7767
7768 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
7769 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
7770 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
7771 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
7772 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
7773 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
7774 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
7775 process handling.
7776
7777 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
7778 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
7779 style to "sd-bus.h".
7780
7781 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
7782 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
7783 "systemd-networkd".
7784
7785 * There is a new kernel command line option
7786 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
7787 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
7788 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
7789 are not restored.
7790
7791 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
7792 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
7793 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
7794 PID1's support for that anymore.
7795
7796 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
7797 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
7798
7799 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
7800 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
7801 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
7802 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
7803 container that is registered with machined, such as those
7804 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
7805
7806 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
7807 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
7808 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
7809 onto remote systems.
7810
7811 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
7812 login in any local container. This works with any container
7813 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
7814 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
7815
7816 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
7817 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
7818 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
7819 system of some kind.
7820
7821 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
7822 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
7823 next.
7824
7825 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
7826 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
7827 reboot() system call.
7828
7829 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
7830 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
7831 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
7832 still available but not advertised anymore.
7833
7834 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
7835 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
7836 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
7837 within each Unit.
7838
7839 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
7840 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
7841 the kernel).
7842
7843 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
7844 timestamps (following the setting in
7845 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
7846
7847 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
7848 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
7849
7850 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
7851 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
7852
7853 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
7854 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
7855 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
7856
7857 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
7858 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
7859 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
7860 the full configuration is shown.
7861
7862 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
7863 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
7864 those commands which take multiple unit names.
7865
7866 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
7867
7868 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
7869 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
7870
7871 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
7872 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
7873 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
7874 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
7875
7876 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
7877 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
7878 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
7879 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
7880
7881 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
7882 of the legend text.
7883
7884 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
7885 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
7886 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
7887 remote sessions.
7888
7889 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
7890 information of SDIO devices.
7891
7892 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
7893 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
7894 the system manager.
7895
7896 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
7897 short description of the connection parameters in the
7898 description.
7899
7900 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
7901 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
7902 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
7903 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
7904 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
7905 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
7906 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
7907
7908 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
7909 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
7910 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
7911 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
7912 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
7913 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
7914 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
7915 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
7916 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
7917
7918 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
7919 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
7920 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
7921 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
7922 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
7923 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
7924 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
7925 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
7926 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
7927 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
7928 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
7929 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
7930 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
7931 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
7932 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
7933 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
7934 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
7935 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
7936 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
7937 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
7938 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
7939 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
7940 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
7941
7942 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
7943 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
7944 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
7945 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
7946 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
7947 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
7948 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
7949 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
7950 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
7951 that you are aware of the instability of the current
7952 APIs.
7953
7954 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
7955 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
7956 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
7957 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
7958 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
7959 declare the APIs stable.
7960
7961 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
7962 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
7963 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
7964 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
7965 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
7966 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
7967 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
7968 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
7969 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
7970 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
7971 one of them is updated.
7972
7973 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
7974 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
7975 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
7976 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
7977 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
7978
7979 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
7980 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
7981 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
7982 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
7983 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
7984 entry points.
7985
7986 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
7987 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
7988 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
7989 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
7990 been disabled at compile-time.
7991
7992 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
7993 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
7994 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
7995 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
7996
7997 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
7998 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
7999 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8000
8001 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8002 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8003 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8004
8005 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8006 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8007 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8008
8009 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8010 remains until jobs expire.
8011
8012 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8013 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8014 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8015 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8016 all remaining processes of the service.
8017
8018 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8019 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8020 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8021 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8022 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8023 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8024 manager process which created them takes no further
8025 responsibilities for it.
8026
8027 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8028 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8029 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8030 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8031 marked executable or world-writable.
8032
8033 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8034 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8035 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8036 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8037
8038 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8039 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8040 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8041 independent of the host.
8042
8043 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8044 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8045 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8046 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8047
8048 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8049 with specific SELinux labels set.
8050
8051 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8052 any additional output but the container's own console
8053 output.
8054
8055 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8056 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8057
8058 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8059 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8060 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8061 OS images, but only specific apps.
8062
8063 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8064 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8065 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8066 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8067
8068 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8069 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8070 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8071 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8072 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8073 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8074
8075 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8076 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8077 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8078 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8079 units to use.
8080
8081 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8082 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8083 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8084 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8085
8086 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8087 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8088 context for a service.
8089
8090 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8091 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8092 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8093 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8094 influence this logic.
8095
8096 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8097 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8098 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8099 other things.
8100
8101 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8102 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8103 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8104 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8105 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8106 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8107 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8108 architectures). There is also a global
8109 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8110 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8111
8112 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8113 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8114
8115 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8116 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8117 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8118 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8119 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8120 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8121 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8122 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8123 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8124 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8125 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8126 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8127 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8128 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8129 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8130 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8131 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8132 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8133 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8134 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8135 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8136 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8137 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8138 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8139
8140 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8141
8142 CHANGES WITH 208:
8143
8144 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8145 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8146 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8147 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8148 access input and drm devices which are normally
8149 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8150 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8151 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8152 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8153 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8154 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8155 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8156 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8157
8158 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8159 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8160 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8161
8162 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8163 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8164 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8165 kernel version number.
8166
8167 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8168 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8169 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8170
8171 * This release removes high-level support for the
8172 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8173 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8174 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8175 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8176
8177 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8178 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8179 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8180 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8181 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8182 cgroup system.
8183
8184 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8185 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8186 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8187 logs among other things.
8188
8189 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8190 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8191 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8192 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8193 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8194 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8195 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8196 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8197 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8198 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8199 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8200 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8201 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8202 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8203 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8204 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8205 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8206 not delayed until next reboot.
8207
8208 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8209 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8210 systemd generated files in one directory.
8211
8212 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8213 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8214 performance information if that's available to determine how
8215 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8216 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8217 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8218
8219 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8220 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8221 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8222 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8223 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8224 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8225 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8226
8227 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8228
8229 CHANGES WITH 207:
8230
8231 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8232 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8233 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8234 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8235
8236 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8237 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8238 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8239 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8240 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8241
8242 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8243 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8244
8245 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8246 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8247 maximum number of tries.
8248
8249 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8250 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8251 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8252
8253 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8254 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8255
8256 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8257 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8258 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8259
8260 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8261 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8262 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8263
8264 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8265 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8266 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8267 and type).
8268
8269 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8270 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8271
8272 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8273 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8274 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8275 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8276
8277 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8278 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8279 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8280 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8281 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8282 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8283 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8284 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8285
8286 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8287 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8288 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8289 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8290
8291 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8292 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8293 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8294 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8295 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8296 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8297 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8298
8299 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8300 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8301
8302 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8303 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8304 automatically after the process terminated.
8305
8306 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
8307 certain paths from operation.
8308
8309 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
8310 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
8311 is received.
8312
8313 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
8314 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
8315 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
8316 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
8317 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
8318 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
8319 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8320 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
8321 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8322 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
8323 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8324 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
8325 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8326
8327 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
8328
8329 CHANGES WITH 206:
8330
8331 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
8332 concepts introduced with 205.
8333
8334 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
8335 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
8336 -r".
8337
8338 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
8339 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
8340 --state= parameter.
8341
8342 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
8343 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
8344 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
8345 the journal.
8346
8347 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
8348 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
8349 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
8350
8351 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
8352 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
8353 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
8354 browsing logs from that point on.
8355
8356 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
8357 of an FSS key.
8358
8359 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
8360 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
8361 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
8362 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
8363 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
8364 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
8365 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
8366 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
8367 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
8368 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
8369 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
8370 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
8371 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
8372 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
8373
8374 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
8375 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
8376 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
8377 backing module right-away.
8378
8379 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
8380 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
8381
8382 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
8383 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
8384
8385 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
8386 set of processes in the message metadata.
8387
8388 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
8389
8390 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
8391 support for passing performance data via environment
8392 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
8393 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
8394 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
8395 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
8396 deserialize it again.
8397
8398 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
8399 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
8400 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
8401 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
8402
8403 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
8404 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
8405 completely silent shutdown when used.
8406
8407 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
8408 option in .socket units.
8409
8410 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
8411 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
8412 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
8413 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
8414 system.slice as before.
8415
8416 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
8417
8418 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
8419 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
8420 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8421 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
8422 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
8423 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
8424 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8425
8426 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
8427
8428 CHANGES WITH 205:
8429
8430 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
8431
8432 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
8433 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
8434 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
8435 possible for system services and applications to group their
8436 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
8437 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
8438 together, or apply resource limits on them.
8439
8440 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
8441 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
8442 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
8443 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
8444 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
8445
8446 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
8447 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
8448 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
8449 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
8450
8451 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
8452 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
8453 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
8454 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
8455 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
8456 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
8457 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
8458 and useful as a general batch manager.
8459
8460 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
8461 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
8462 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
8463 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
8464 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
8465 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
8466 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
8467 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
8468 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
8469 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
8470
8471 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
8472 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
8473 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
8474 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
8475 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
8476 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
8477 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
8478 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
8479 is compile-time optional.
8480
8481 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
8482 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
8483 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
8484 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
8485 well as slice units.
8486
8487 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
8488 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
8489 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
8490 but will be extended later on to make more properties
8491 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
8492 command that wraps this call.
8493
8494 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
8495 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
8496 while configuring a number of settings via the command
8497 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
8498 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
8499 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
8500 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
8501
8502 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
8503 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
8504 off audit.
8505
8506 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
8507 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
8508
8509 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
8510 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
8511 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
8512 and system logs.
8513
8514 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
8515 snippets extending unit files.
8516
8517 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
8518 not available as public API.
8519
8520 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
8521 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
8522 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
8523
8524 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
8525 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
8526 controls what to boot into by default.
8527
8528 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
8529 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
8530
8531 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
8532 generators needed for execution, as well as information
8533 about the unit file loading.
8534
8535 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
8536 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
8537 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
8538 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
8539 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
8540 racy due to journal file rotation.
8541
8542 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
8543 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
8544 all services.
8545
8546 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
8547 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
8548 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
8549 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
8550 system services want to log events about specific client
8551 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
8552 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
8553 unit is requested.
8554
8555 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
8556 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
8557 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
8558 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
8559 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
8560 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8561 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
8562 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
8563 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
8564 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
8565 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8566 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
8567 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
8568
8569 CHANGES WITH 204:
8570
8571 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
8572 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
8573
8574 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
8575 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
8576 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
8577
8578 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
8579 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8580
8581 CHANGES WITH 203:
8582
8583 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
8584 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
8585
8586 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
8587 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
8588 fields, including the root directory.
8589
8590 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
8591 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
8592 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
8593 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
8594 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
8595 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
8596 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
8597 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
8598 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
8599 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
8600 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
8601
8602 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
8603 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
8604
8605 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
8606 have taken an inhibitor lock.
8607
8608 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
8609 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
8610 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
8611 the local hostname.
8612
8613 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
8614 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
8615 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
8616 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
8617 VMs/containers coming and going.
8618
8619 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
8620 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
8621 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
8622
8623 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
8624 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
8625 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
8626 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
8627
8628 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
8629 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
8630 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
8631
8632 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
8633 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
8634 services. With the container's root directory in
8635 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
8636 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
8637
8638 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
8639 the processes within a certain container.
8640
8641 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
8642 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
8643 check though. Patches welcome!
8644
8645 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
8646 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
8647 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
8648 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
8649 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
8650
8651 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
8652 the passed argument if applicable.
8653
8654 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8655 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8656 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
8657 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8658 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
8659 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
8660 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8661 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8662
8663 CHANGES WITH 202:
8664
8665 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
8666 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
8667 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
8668 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
8669 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
8670 units activate.
8671
8672 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
8673 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
8674 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
8675 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
8676 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
8677 for now, and not installable.
8678
8679 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
8680 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
8681 can run in conjunction with udev.
8682
8683 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
8684 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
8685 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
8686 session manager.
8687
8688 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
8689 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
8690 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
8691 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
8692 services, user processes and containers/virtual
8693 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
8694 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
8695 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
8696 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
8697 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
8698 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
8699
8700 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
8701
8702 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
8703 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
8704 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
8705 logical expressions.
8706
8707 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
8708 switches.
8709
8710 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
8711 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
8712 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
8713 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
8714 the user.
8715
8716 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
8717 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
8718 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
8719 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
8720 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
8721 an entry.
8722
8723 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
8724 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8725 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
8726 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8727 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
8728 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8729
8730 CHANGES WITH 201:
8731
8732 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
8733 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
8734 directory.
8735
8736 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
8737 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
8738 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
8739 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
8740 problem.
8741
8742 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
8743 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
8744 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
8745 before the key file is attempted to be read.
8746
8747 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
8748 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
8749
8750 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
8751 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
8752 files in this context are files such as
8753 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
8754
8755 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
8756 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
8757 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
8758 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
8759 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
8760 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
8761
8762 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
8763 hostnames.
8764
8765 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
8766 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
8767 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
8768 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
8769 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
8770 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
8771 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
8772 all time-related output of systemd.
8773
8774 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
8775 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
8776 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
8777 loops.
8778
8779 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
8780 (models, layouts, variants, options).
8781
8782 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
8783 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
8784 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
8785 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
8786 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
8787
8788 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
8789 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
8790 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
8791 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
8792 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
8793 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
8794 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
8795
8796 CHANGES WITH 200:
8797
8798 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
8799 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
8800 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
8801 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
8802 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
8803 middle ground between physical and access time order.
8804
8805 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
8806 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
8807 images.
8808
8809 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
8810 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
8811 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8812
8813 CHANGES WITH 199:
8814
8815 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
8816
8817 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
8818 security policy.
8819
8820 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
8821 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
8822 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
8823 shared by all processes of a service (which means
8824 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
8825 the same service can still access). When a service is
8826 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
8827 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
8828 this though).
8829
8830 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
8831 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
8832 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
8833 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
8834 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
8835 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
8836
8837 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
8838 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
8839
8840 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
8841 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
8842
8843 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
8844
8845 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
8846 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
8847 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
8848 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
8849 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
8850
8851 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
8852 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
8853 system is to be mounted.
8854
8855 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
8856 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
8857 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
8858 purpose for socket units.
8859
8860 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
8861 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
8862
8863 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
8864 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
8865 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
8866 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
8867 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
8868
8869 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
8870 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
8871 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
8872 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8873 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
8874 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
8875 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8876 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8877 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8878
8879 CHANGES WITH 198:
8880
8881 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
8882 files without having to edit/override the unit files
8883 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
8884 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
8885 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
8886 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
8887 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
8888 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
8889 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
8890 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
8891 unit files locally: copying the files from
8892 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
8893 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
8894 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
8895 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
8896 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
8897 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
8898 for them too.
8899
8900 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
8901 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
8902 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
8903 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
8904 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
8905 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
8906 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
8907 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
8908 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
8909
8910 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
8911 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
8912
8913 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
8914 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
8915 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
8916 other users.
8917
8918 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
8919 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
8920 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
8921 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
8922 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
8923 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
8924 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
8925 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
8926 management logic is also available to other programs via the
8927 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
8928 supported.
8929
8930 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
8931 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
8932 the foreground VT.
8933
8934 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
8935 call.
8936
8937 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
8938 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
8939 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
8940 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
8941 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
8942 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
8943 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
8944 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
8945 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
8946 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
8947 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
8948 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
8949 also been removed.
8950
8951 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
8952 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
8953 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
8954 objects themselves.
8955
8956 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
8957
8958 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
8959 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
8960 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
8961 to how this is supported in shells.
8962
8963 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
8964 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
8965 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
8966 user systemd instance.
8967
8968 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
8969 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
8970 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
8971 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
8972 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
8973 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
8974 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
8975 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
8976 one day for good in the kernel.
8977
8978 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
8979 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
8980 container.
8981
8982 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
8983 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
8984 the host into the container.
8985
8986 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
8987 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
8988 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
8989 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
8990 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
8991 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
8992
8993 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
8994
8995 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
8996 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
8997 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
8998 configured to be mounted there.
8999
9000 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9001 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9002 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9003 system resume events.
9004
9005 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9006 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9007 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9008 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9009
9010 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9011 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9012 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9013 card).
9014
9015 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9016 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9017 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9018
9019 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9020 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9021 later "change" event.
9022
9023 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9024 now carry a message ID.
9025
9026 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9027 continues to be work in progress.
9028
9029 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9030 root directory to operate relative to.
9031
9032 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9033 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9034 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9035 times a little.
9036
9037 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9038 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9039 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9040 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9041 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9042 request boot into firmware operations.
9043
9044 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9045 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9046 correctly in initrds.
9047
9048 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9049 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9050
9051 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9052 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9053
9054 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9055 the status of all active or failed units.
9056
9057 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9058 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9059 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9060 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9061 requests more robust.
9062
9063 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9064 reading journal files.
9065
9066 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9067 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9068
9069 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9070
9071 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9072 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9073
9074 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9075 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9076 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9077 socket activation in daemons.
9078
9079 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9080 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9081
9082 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9083 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9084 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9085
9086 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9087 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9088 system units.
9089
9090 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9091 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9092 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9093
9094 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9095 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9096 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9097 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9098 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9099 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9100 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9101 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9102 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9103 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9104 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9105 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9106 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9107 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9108 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9109 package installation time.
9110
9111 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9112 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9113 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9114 installation time.
9115
9116 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9117 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9118
9119 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9120
9121 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9122 available.
9123
9124 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9125 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9126
9127 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9128 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9129 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9130 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9131 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9132 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9133 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9134 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9135 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9136 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9137 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9138 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9139 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9140 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9141
9142 CHANGES WITH 197:
9143
9144 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9145 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9146 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9147 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9148 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9149 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9150 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9151 the supported calendar time specification language see
9152 systemd.time(7).
9153
9154 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9155 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9156 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9157 document for details:
9158
9159 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9160
9161 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9162 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9163 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9164 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9165 dependencies.
9166
9167 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9168 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9169 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9170 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9171 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9172 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9173 with a configure switch.
9174
9175 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9176 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9177 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9178 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9179 such as ext4.
9180
9181 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9182 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9183 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9184
9185 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9186 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9187
9188 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9189 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9190 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9191 using only core OS tools.
9192
9193 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9194 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9195 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9196 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9197 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9198 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9199 eventually.
9200
9201 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9202 presenting log data.
9203
9204 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9205 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9206
9207 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9208 system on idle.
9209
9210 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9211 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9212 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9213 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9214 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9215 information if possible.
9216
9217 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9218 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9219 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9220
9221 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9222 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9223 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9224 is running on battery power.
9225
9226 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9227 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9228 is in the "failed" state.
9229
9230 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9231 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9232 environment files at once.
9233
9234 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9235 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9236 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9237 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9238 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9239 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9240 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9241 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9242 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9243 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9244 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9245 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9246 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9247
9248 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9249 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9250
9251 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9252 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9253
9254 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9255 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9256 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9257 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9258 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9259 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9260 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9261 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9262 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9263 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9264 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9265 shipped from us upstream.
9266
9267 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9268 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9269 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9270 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9271 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9272 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9273 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9274 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9275 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9276 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9277 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9278 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9279 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9280
9281 CHANGES WITH 196:
9282
9283 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9284 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9285 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9286 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9287 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9288 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9289 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9290 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9291 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9292 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9293 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9294 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9295 data for all devices where this is available, by
9296 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9297 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9298 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9299 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9300 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9301 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9302
9303 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9304 indexed database to link up additional information with
9305 journal entries. For further details please check:
9306
9307 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
9308
9309 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
9310 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
9311 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
9312 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
9313 macro for this purpose.
9314
9315 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
9316 Python logging framework.
9317
9318 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
9319 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
9320 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
9321 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
9322 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
9323 time intervals.
9324
9325 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
9326 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
9327 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
9328
9329 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
9330 right-away on the selected coredump.
9331
9332 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
9333 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
9334 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
9335
9336 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
9337 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
9338 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
9339 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
9340
9341 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
9342 default.
9343
9344 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
9345 SMACK security label.
9346
9347 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
9348 daylight saving change.
9349
9350 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
9351 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
9352 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
9353 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
9354 distributions who still need support this to either continue
9355 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
9356 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
9357
9358 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
9359 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
9360 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
9361 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
9362 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
9363 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
9364 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
9365
9366 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
9367 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
9368
9369 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
9370 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
9371 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
9372 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
9373 offline updating tools.
9374
9375 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
9376 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
9377 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
9378 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
9379 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
9380 directories for packages to place various data files in.
9381
9382 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
9383 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
9384
9385 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
9386 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9387 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
9388 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9389 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
9390 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
9391 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
9392 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
9393 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9394
9395 CHANGES WITH 195:
9396
9397 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
9398 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
9399 units via --unit=/-u.
9400
9401 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
9402 right thing.
9403
9404 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
9405 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
9406 rotation.
9407
9408 * The journal will now index the available field values for
9409 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
9410 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
9411 completion of journalctl has been updated
9412 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
9413 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
9414
9415 * More service events are now written as structured messages
9416 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
9417
9418 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
9419 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
9420 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
9421 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
9422 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
9423 these settings from the command line now, especially since
9424 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
9425 completion.
9426
9427 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
9428 extract coredumps from the journal.
9429
9430 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
9431 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
9432 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
9433 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
9434 scratch their heads.
9435
9436 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
9437 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
9438
9439 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
9440 in immediate termination of systemd.
9441
9442 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
9443 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
9444
9445 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
9446 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
9447 mouse screen support has been added.
9448
9449 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
9450 Server-Sent-Events as output.
9451
9452 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
9453 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
9454 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
9455 "systemctl reload".
9456
9457 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
9458 -u" instead.
9459
9460 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
9461 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
9462 configured.
9463
9464 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
9465 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
9466
9467 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
9468 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
9469 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
9470 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
9471 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
9472 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
9473 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
9474
9475 CHANGES WITH 194:
9476
9477 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
9478 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
9479 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
9480 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
9481 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
9482 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
9483 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
9484 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
9485 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
9486 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
9487 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
9488 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
9489
9490 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
9491 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
9492 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9493
9494 CHANGES WITH 193:
9495
9496 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
9497 starting from the specified location in the journal.
9498
9499 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
9500 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
9501 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
9502
9503 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
9504 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
9505 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
9506 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
9507 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
9508 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
9509 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
9510
9511 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
9512 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
9513
9514 This will download the journal contents in a
9515 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
9516
9517 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
9518
9519 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
9520 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
9521 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
9522 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
9523 screenshot of this app in its current state:
9524
9525 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
9526
9527 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
9528 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
9529
9530 CHANGES WITH 192:
9531
9532 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
9533 too.
9534
9535 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
9536 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
9537 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
9538 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
9539 just start them.
9540
9541 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
9542 and line break accordingly.
9543
9544 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9545 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
9546
9547 CHANGES WITH 191:
9548
9549 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
9550 container environment, copying the host's timezone
9551 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
9552 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
9553 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
9554
9555 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
9556 will default to 10 if omitted.
9557
9558 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
9559 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
9560 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
9561 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
9562 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
9563
9564 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
9565 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
9566 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
9567 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
9568 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
9569 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
9570 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
9571
9572 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
9573 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
9574 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
9575 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
9576 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
9577 into two.
9578
9579 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
9580 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
9581
9582 CHANGES WITH 190:
9583
9584 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
9585 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
9586 "systemctl status".
9587
9588 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
9589 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
9590 system to another place in the same file system could not be
9591 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
9592 field.)
9593
9594 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
9595 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
9596 default.
9597
9598 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
9599 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
9600 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
9601 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
9602 in a container.
9603
9604 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
9605 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
9606 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
9607 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
9608 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
9609 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
9610
9611 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
9612 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
9613 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
9614 no-op.
9615
9616 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
9617 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
9618 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
9619 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
9620 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
9621
9622 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
9623 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
9624
9625 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
9626 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
9627 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
9628 command.
9629
9630 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
9631 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
9632 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
9633
9634 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
9635
9636 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
9637 multiple files at once.
9638
9639 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
9640 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
9641 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
9642 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
9643 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
9644 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
9645 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
9646
9647 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
9648 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
9649 now support specifiers as well.
9650
9651 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
9652 dir: %_presetdir.
9653
9654 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
9655 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
9656
9657 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
9658 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
9659 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
9660 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
9661 anymore.
9662
9663 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
9664 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
9665 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
9666 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
9667
9668 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
9669 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
9670 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
9671
9672 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
9673 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
9674 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
9675 sockets.
9676
9677 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
9678 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
9679 is changed.
9680
9681 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
9682 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
9683 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
9684 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
9685 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
9686 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
9687 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
9688
9689 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
9690
9691 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
9692 the unit file label and client process label into account.
9693
9694 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
9695 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
9696
9697 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
9698 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
9699 (%b).
9700
9701 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
9702 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
9703 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9704 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9705 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
9706 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
9707 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9708
9709 CHANGES WITH 189:
9710
9711 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
9712 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
9713
9714 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
9715 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
9716 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
9717 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
9718 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
9719 syslog daemons again.
9720
9721 * The libudev API gained the new
9722 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
9723
9724 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
9725 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
9726 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
9727 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
9728
9729 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
9730 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
9731 container.
9732
9733 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
9734 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
9735 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
9736 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
9737 this explaining it in more detail.
9738
9739 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
9740 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
9741 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
9742 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
9743
9744 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
9745 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
9746 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
9747 journal files.
9748
9749 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
9750 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
9751 as container init process a lot more fun.
9752
9753 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
9754 entries.
9755
9756 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
9757 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
9758 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
9759 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
9760 different sets of services.
9761
9762 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
9763 failure state.
9764
9765 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
9766 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
9767 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9768
9769 CHANGES WITH 188:
9770
9771 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
9772 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
9773 tree a lot more organized.
9774
9775 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
9776 may be used to group services in a natural way.
9777
9778 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
9779 services.
9780
9781 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
9782 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
9783 filtering by log level now.
9784
9785 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
9786 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
9787 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
9788
9789 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
9790 command lines involving service unit names.
9791
9792 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
9793 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
9794
9795 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
9796 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
9797 and encodes structured information about the error number.
9798
9799 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
9800 option.
9801
9802 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
9803 a shutdown is cancelled.
9804
9805 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
9806 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
9807 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
9808 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
9809 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
9810
9811 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
9812 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
9813 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
9814 for display managers instead.
9815
9816 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
9817 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
9818 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
9819 protection, and suchlike.
9820
9821 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
9822 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
9823 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
9824 the service.
9825
9826 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
9827 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
9828 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
9829 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
9830 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
9831 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9832
9833 CHANGES WITH 187:
9834
9835 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
9836 pages.
9837
9838 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
9839 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
9840 data loss.
9841
9842 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
9843 option.
9844
9845 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
9846
9847 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
9848 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
9849
9850 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
9851 specific directory.
9852
9853 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
9854 messages of two different boots.
9855
9856 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
9857 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
9858 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
9859
9860 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
9861 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
9862 disjunctions.
9863
9864 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
9865 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
9866 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
9867
9868 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
9869 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
9870 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
9871
9872 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
9873 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
9874 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
9875 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
9876 speed things up a bit.
9877
9878 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
9879 header data of journal files.
9880
9881 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
9882 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
9883 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
9884
9885 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
9886 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
9887 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
9888 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
9889
9890 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
9891
9892 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
9893 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
9894 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9895 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9896
9897 CHANGES WITH 186:
9898
9899 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
9900 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
9901 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
9902 prefixed with rd.
9903
9904 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
9905 automatically generated at boot. Use:
9906
9907 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
9908
9909 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
9910
9911 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
9912
9913 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
9914 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
9915 as well.
9916
9917 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
9918 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
9919 in all appropriate directories automatically.
9920
9921 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
9922 does the right thing. Example:
9923
9924 udevadm info /dev/sda
9925 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
9926
9927 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
9928 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
9929 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
9930 running.
9931
9932 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
9933 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
9934
9935 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
9936 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
9937
9938 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
9939 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
9940 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
9941 files.
9942
9943 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
9944 be stopped that is not loaded.
9945
9946 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
9947
9948 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
9949
9950 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
9951 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
9952 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
9953 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
9954
9955 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
9956 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
9957 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
9958 completed initialization.
9959
9960 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
9961
9962 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
9963 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
9964 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
9965 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
9966 distributions.
9967
9968 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
9969 always valid when services log to the journal via
9970 STDOUT/STDERR.
9971
9972 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
9973 command line options we understand.
9974
9975 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
9976 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
9977
9978 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
9979 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
9980
9981 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
9982 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
9983 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
9984 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
9985
9986 systemctl status /home
9987 systemctl status /dev/sda
9988
9989 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
9990 system.conf parsing.
9991
9992 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
9993 Manager object.
9994
9995 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
9996
9997 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
9998
9999 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10000 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10001 complete.
10002
10003 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10004 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10005 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10006 systemd-fsck@.service.
10007
10008 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10009 Manager object.
10010
10011 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10012 work sensibly.
10013
10014 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10015 we actually understand.
10016
10017 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10018 additional capabilities to the container.
10019
10020 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10021 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10022 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10023
10024 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10025 the current boot only.
10026
10027 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10028 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10029
10030 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10031 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10032 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10033 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10034 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10035
10036 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10037
10038 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10039 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10040 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10041 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10042
10043 CHANGES WITH 185:
10044
10045 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10046 available.
10047
10048 * Several new man pages have been added.
10049
10050 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10051 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10052 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10053 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10054
10055 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10056 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10057
10058 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10059 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10060 Matthias Clasen
10061
10062 CHANGES WITH 184:
10063
10064 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10065 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10066
10067 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10068 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10069 daemon.
10070
10071 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10072 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10073
10074 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10075 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10076 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10077 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10078
10079 CHANGES WITH 183:
10080
10081 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10082 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10083 and systemd's most recent version number.
10084
10085 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10086 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10087 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10088 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10089 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10090 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10091
10092 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10093 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10094 subsystems.
10095
10096 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10097 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10098 used to subscribe to events.
10099
10100 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10101 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10102 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10103 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10104 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10105 forked by udev rules.
10106
10107 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10108 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10109 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10110 it.
10111
10112 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10113 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10114 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10115 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10116 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10117
10118 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10119 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10120
10121 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10122 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10123 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10124 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10125
10126 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10127 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10128 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10129 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10130 to be used as drop-in files.
10131
10132 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10133 particular suspending and hibernating.
10134
10135 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10136 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10137 about this in more detail.
10138
10139 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10140 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10141 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10142 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10143 from git history and add them downstream.
10144
10145 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10146 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10147 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10148 units.
10149
10150 * All smaller setup units (such as
10151 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10152 are run in a container and are skipped when
10153 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10154 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10155
10156 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10157 integrated, for details see:
10158 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10159
10160 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10161 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10162 messages.
10163
10164 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10165 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10166 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10167 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10168 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10169
10170 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10171 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10172 for all units started by PID 1.
10173
10174 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10175 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10176 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10177
10178 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10179 of PID 1 anymore.
10180
10181 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10182 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10183 have not been read by systemd yet.
10184
10185 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10186 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10187 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10188 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10189 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10190 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10191
10192 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10193 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10194
10195 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10196
10197 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10198 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10199 so sexy.
10200
10201 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10202 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10203 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10204 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10205 patterns.
10206
10207 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10208 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10209 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10210 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10211
10212 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10213 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10214
10215 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10216 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10217 in systemd now.
10218
10219 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10220 ID on the command line.
10221
10222 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10223 for an init system.
10224
10225 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10226 vt100.
10227
10228 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10229
10230 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10231 components now have directories of their own.
10232
10233 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10234
10235 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10236 container in other hierarchies.
10237
10238 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10239 system.conf.
10240
10241 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10242
10243 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10244 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10245
10246 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10247 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10248
10249 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10250 locally generated journal files.
10251
10252 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10253
10254 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10255
10256 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10257 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10258 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10259 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10260 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10261 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10262 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10263 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10264 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10265 Gundersen
10266
10267 CHANGES WITH 44:
10268
10269 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10270
10271 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10272 KVM or container configured UUID.
10273
10274 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10275
10276 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10277
10278 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10279 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10280
10281 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10282
10283 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10284 folks
10285
10286 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10287 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10288 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10289
10290 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10291 configuration
10292
10293 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10294 free fashion
10295
10296 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10297 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10298 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10299 automatically generated data.
10300
10301 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10302 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10303 however.
10304
10305 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10306 tarball.
10307
10308 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
10309 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
10310 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
10311 Reding
10312
10313 CHANGES WITH 43:
10314
10315 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10316
10317 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
10318
10319 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
10320
10321 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
10322 normal user logins.
10323
10324 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
10325 Biebl
10326
10327 CHANGES WITH 42:
10328
10329 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
10330
10331 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
10332 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
10333 xsltproc.
10334
10335 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
10336 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
10337 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
10338
10339 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
10340 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
10341 reboot can automatically be triggered.
10342
10343 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
10344
10345 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
10346 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10347 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
10348
10349 CHANGES WITH 41:
10350
10351 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
10352 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
10353 package update.
10354
10355 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
10356 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
10357 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
10358
10359 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
10360 complete.
10361
10362 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
10363 understood to set system wide environment variables
10364 dynamically at boot.
10365
10366 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
10367
10368 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
10369 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
10370 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
10371 files.
10372
10373 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10374 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
10375 William Douglas
10376
10377 CHANGES WITH 40:
10378
10379 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10380
10381 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
10382 "Result" D-Bus property.
10383
10384 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
10385 the next few releases.)
10386
10387 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
10388 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
10389 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
10390 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
10391
10392 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
10393 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
10394 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
10395
10396 CHANGES WITH 39:
10397
10398 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10399 bugfixes.
10400
10401 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
10402 resource usage.
10403
10404 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
10405 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
10406 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
10407 journals by the respective users.
10408
10409 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
10410 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
10411 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
10412
10413 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
10414 client for all entries.
10415
10416 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
10417
10418 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
10419 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
10420
10421 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
10422 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
10423 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
10424 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
10425
10426 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
10427 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
10428 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
10429
10430 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
10431 journal along with meta data.
10432
10433 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
10434 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
10435 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
10436
10437 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
10438 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
10439 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
10440
10441 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
10442
10443 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
10444 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
10445 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
10446 or fsck.
10447
10448 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
10449 requested with new -k switch.
10450
10451 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10452 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
10453
10454 CHANGES WITH 38:
10455
10456 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10457 bugfixes.
10458
10459 * The git repository moved to:
10460 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
10461 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
10462
10463 * First release with the journal
10464 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
10465
10466 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
10467 systemd-stdout-bridge.
10468
10469 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
10470
10471 * Many systemadm clean-ups
10472
10473 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
10474 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
10475 remote mounts.
10476
10477 * Added Mageia support
10478
10479 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
10480
10481 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
10482 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
10483 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
10484 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
10485 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
10486
10487 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
10488 of existing distributions.
10489
10490 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
10491 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
10492
10493 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
10494 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
10495 boot.
10496
10497 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
10498
10499 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
10500 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
10501 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
10502 among other things.
10503
10504 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
10505 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
10506
10507 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
10508
10509 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
10510 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
10511 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
10512
10513 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
10514 restored.
10515
10516 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
10517 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
10518 kmod
10519
10520 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
10521 of /usr/local by default.
10522
10523 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
10524 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
10525 in:
10526 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
10527
10528 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
10529 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
10530 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
10531 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
10532 supported anyway, and bad style).
10533
10534 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
10535 reloading of units together.
10536
10537 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
10538 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
10539 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
10540 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
10541 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek